WO2023029990A1 - 蓝牙连接方法及电子设备 - Google Patents

蓝牙连接方法及电子设备 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023029990A1
WO2023029990A1 PCT/CN2022/112912 CN2022112912W WO2023029990A1 WO 2023029990 A1 WO2023029990 A1 WO 2023029990A1 CN 2022112912 W CN2022112912 W CN 2022112912W WO 2023029990 A1 WO2023029990 A1 WO 2023029990A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
bluetooth
module
bluetooth module
vehicle
address
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/112912
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
王良
吕森
贾琴勇
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023029990A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023029990A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • G—PHYSICS
    • G07—CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07C—TIME OR ATTENDANCE REGISTERS; REGISTERING OR INDICATING THE WORKING OF MACHINES; GENERATING RANDOM NUMBERS; VOTING OR LOTTERY APPARATUS; ARRANGEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS FOR CHECKING NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • G07C9/00—Individual registration on entry or exit
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/30—Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes
    • H04W4/40—Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes for vehicles, e.g. vehicle-to-pedestrians [V2P]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/80—Services using short range communication, e.g. near-field communication [NFC], radio-frequency identification [RFID] or low energy communication
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/10—Connection setup
    • H04W76/14—Direct-mode setup
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/10—Connection setup
    • H04W76/15—Setup of multiple wireless link connections

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the communication field, and in particular, to a Bluetooth connection method and an electronic device.
  • the mobile phone Bluetooth and car entertainment Bluetooth need to be paired before the connection can be established; each time the user enters the car, the car entertainment system Bluetooth can automatically reconnect Mobile terminal equipment without manual operation.
  • a pairing prompt box will pop up on the mobile phone interface and the vehicle display screen, and the user needs to click the accept button on the mobile phone interface and the vehicle display screen. Only Bluetooth and car entertainment Bluetooth can be paired, and the operation is more cumbersome.
  • the present application provides a Bluetooth connection method and an electronic device.
  • the Bluetooth of the mobile phone and the Bluetooth of the vehicle entertainment system are automatically connected, thereby simplifying user operations and improving user experience.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a Bluetooth connection method, which is applied to an electronic device.
  • the method includes: first, the first Bluetooth module in the electronic device receives the vehicle connection based on the first Bluetooth connection with the second Bluetooth module in the vehicle.
  • the bluetooth address of the third bluetooth module in the vehicle is sent, and the first bluetooth connection is established when the electronic device is used for the first time to unlock the bluetooth car key.
  • the first Bluetooth module establishes a second Bluetooth connection with the third Bluetooth module for the first time, wherein the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module is used for the first Bluetooth module in the process of establishing the second Bluetooth connection for the first time. Confirm the pairing with the third Bluetooth module.
  • the first Bluetooth module can obtain the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module based on the Bluetooth connection established when the Bluetooth car key is used for unlocking for the first time; after the vehicle is powered on, the first Bluetooth module can automatically confirm the Bluetooth address based on the obtained Bluetooth address. Pair with the third bluetooth module, so as to automatically establish the first bluetooth connection with the third bluetooth module, without the user's manual operation in the mobile phone, which simplifies the user's operation of connecting the electronic device with the vehicle's bluetooth, thereby improving the user experience.
  • the first Bluetooth module may be called Bluetooth module A0
  • the second Bluetooth module may be called Bluetooth module A1
  • the third Bluetooth module may be called Bluetooth module A2.
  • the second Bluetooth module is a BLE (Bluetooth Low Energy, Bluetooth Low Energy) module
  • the third Bluetooth module is a classic Bluetooth module.
  • the first Bluetooth connection is a BLE connection
  • the second Bluetooth connection is a classic Bluetooth connection.
  • the second Bluetooth connection includes an A2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution Profile, Bluetooth audio transmission model agreement) connection, and/or, an HFP (Hands-free Profile, telephone hands-free protocol) connection.
  • A2DP Advanced Audio Distribution Profile, Bluetooth audio transmission model agreement
  • HFP Heands-free Profile, telephone hands-free protocol
  • electronic devices may include mobile phones, tablet computers and other devices.
  • the first bluetooth module confirms the pairing with the third bluetooth module, including: the first bluetooth module receives the first authentication information sent by the third bluetooth module, the first authentication information includes the bluetooth address of the third bluetooth module; A Bluetooth module determines the Bluetooth address in the first authentication information, and when it matches the Bluetooth address received based on the first Bluetooth connection, generates first user pairing confirmation information, wherein the first user pairing confirmation information is used to indicate that the user of the electronic device accepts the The third bluetooth module is paired with the first bluetooth module.
  • the method before establishing the second Bluetooth connection for the first time, the method further includes: the first Bluetooth module sends the first Bluetooth connection to the second Bluetooth module based on the first Bluetooth connection The bluetooth address of the module, so that the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module is sent to the third bluetooth module by the second bluetooth module through the vehicle-mounted bluetooth key management module; During the connection process, the third bluetooth module confirms the pairing with the first bluetooth module. In this way, the third bluetooth module can obtain the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module, and subsequently, based on the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module, it can automatically confirm that it is paired with the first bluetooth module, thereby realizing the first pairing with the first bluetooth module Bluetooth connection.
  • the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module is also used for initiating paging from the first Bluetooth module to the third Bluetooth module during the first establishment of the second Bluetooth connection. In this way, the user does not need to select the Bluetooth device to be connected in the Bluetooth connection interface of the mobile phone, which simplifies the user operation.
  • the second Bluetooth module is a Bluetooth module corresponding to the Bluetooth key module in the vehicle;
  • the third Bluetooth module is a Bluetooth module corresponding to the vehicle entertainment system in the vehicle.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a Bluetooth connection method, which is applied to a vehicle.
  • the method includes: first, the second Bluetooth module in the vehicle receives the first Bluetooth connection based on the first Bluetooth connection with the first Bluetooth module in the electronic device.
  • the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module is sent by the bluetooth module, and the first bluetooth connection is established during the process of unlocking the bluetooth car key with the electronic device for the first time.
  • the second Bluetooth module sends the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module to the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module in the vehicle; then, the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module sends the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module to the third Bluetooth key management module in the vehicle.
  • the third bluetooth module establishes a second bluetooth connection with the first bluetooth module for the first time based on the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module, wherein, the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module is used for the third
  • the Bluetooth module confirms pairing with the first Bluetooth module.
  • the third Bluetooth module can obtain the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module based on the Bluetooth connection established when the Bluetooth car key is used for the first time to unlock; after the vehicle is powered on, the third Bluetooth module can automatically confirm the Bluetooth address based on the obtained Bluetooth address. Pairing with the first Bluetooth module, so as to automatically establish the first Bluetooth connection with the first Bluetooth module, without the need for the user to manually operate in the vehicle display screen, which simplifies the user's operation of connecting the electronic device to the vehicle Bluetooth, thereby improving the user experience.
  • the pairing confirmation between the third bluetooth module and the first bluetooth module includes: the third bluetooth module receives the second authentication information sent by the first bluetooth module, the second authentication information includes the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module; Three.
  • the bluetooth module determines the bluetooth address in the second authentication information, and when it matches the bluetooth address received based on the first bluetooth connection, generates second user pairing confirmation information, wherein the second user pairing confirmation information is used to instruct the user of the vehicle to accept the first bluetooth connection A bluetooth module is paired with the third bluetooth module.
  • the method before establishing the second Bluetooth connection for the first time, further includes: the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module obtains the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module from the third Bluetooth module; The vehicle bluetooth key management module sends the bluetooth address of the third bluetooth module to the second bluetooth module; the second bluetooth module sends the bluetooth address of the third bluetooth module to the first bluetooth module based on the first bluetooth connection, wherein the third bluetooth The bluetooth address of the module is used for determining the pairing between the first bluetooth module and the third bluetooth module in the process of establishing the second bluetooth connection for the first time.
  • the first Bluetooth module can obtain the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module, and subsequently, based on the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module, it can automatically confirm that it is paired with the third Bluetooth module, thereby realizing the first Bluetooth connection with the third Bluetooth module. connect.
  • the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module is also used for the third Bluetooth module to initiate paging to the first Bluetooth module during the first establishment of the second Bluetooth connection. In this way, the user does not need to select the Bluetooth device to be connected in the Bluetooth connection interface in the vehicle display screen, which simplifies the user operation.
  • the second Bluetooth module is a Bluetooth module corresponding to the Bluetooth key module in the vehicle;
  • the third Bluetooth module is a Bluetooth module corresponding to the vehicle entertainment system in the vehicle.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a Bluetooth connection method, which is applied to an electronic device.
  • the method includes: first, the first Bluetooth module of the electronic device receives the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module in the vehicle from the server, and the third The Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module is sent by the vehicle to the server. Then, based on the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module, the first Bluetooth module establishes a second Bluetooth connection with the third Bluetooth module for the first time, wherein the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module is used for the first Bluetooth module in the process of establishing the second Bluetooth connection for the first time. Confirm the pairing with the third Bluetooth module.
  • the first Bluetooth module can obtain the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module based on the server; after the vehicle is powered on, the first Bluetooth module can automatically confirm to be paired with the third Bluetooth module based on the obtained Bluetooth address, thereby realizing automatic connection with the third Bluetooth module.
  • the bluetooth module establishes the first bluetooth connection, which does not require the user to manually operate in the mobile phone, which simplifies the user's operation of connecting the electronic device with the vehicle's bluetooth, thereby improving the user experience.
  • the digital car key data is transmitted based on the first Bluetooth connection, and the acquisition of the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module does not depend on the first Bluetooth connection between the first Bluetooth module and the second Bluetooth module, there is no need to wait After the digital key verification data is transmitted, the third Bluetooth address is transmitted, and then after the vehicle is powered on, it can immediately confirm pairing with the third Bluetooth module without waiting, which improves the efficiency of Bluetooth connection.
  • the first bluetooth module confirms the pairing with the third bluetooth module, including: the first bluetooth module receives the first authentication information sent by the third bluetooth module, the first authentication information includes the bluetooth address of the third bluetooth module; A Bluetooth module determines the Bluetooth address in the first authentication information, and when it matches the Bluetooth address received based on the first Bluetooth connection, generates first user pairing confirmation information, wherein the first user pairing confirmation information is used to indicate that the user of the electronic device accepts the The third bluetooth module is paired with the first bluetooth module.
  • the method before establishing the second Bluetooth connection for the first time, the method further includes: the first Bluetooth module sends the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module to the server, so that the server can pass
  • the vehicle-mounted bluetooth key management module of the vehicle sends the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module to the third bluetooth module, wherein the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module is used for the third bluetooth module to confirm with the first Pairing of Bluetooth modules.
  • the third bluetooth module can obtain the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module, and subsequently can automatically perform pairing confirmation with the first bluetooth module based on the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module, thereby realizing the first bluetooth connection with the first bluetooth module .
  • the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module is also used for the first Bluetooth module to initiate paging to the third Bluetooth module during the first establishment of the second Bluetooth connection. In this way, the user does not need to select the Bluetooth device to be connected in the Bluetooth connection interface of the mobile phone, which simplifies the user operation.
  • the second Bluetooth module is a Bluetooth module corresponding to the Bluetooth key module in the vehicle;
  • the third Bluetooth module is a Bluetooth module corresponding to the vehicle entertainment system in the vehicle.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a Bluetooth connection method, which is applied to a vehicle.
  • the method includes: first, the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module receives the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module in the electronic device from the server, and the first The Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module is sent by the first Bluetooth module to the server. Then, the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module sends the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module to the third Bluetooth module of the vehicle; then, the third Bluetooth module establishes a second Bluetooth module with the first Bluetooth module based on the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module. connection, wherein the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module is used for the third Bluetooth module to confirm pairing with the first Bluetooth module during the first establishment of the second Bluetooth connection.
  • the third bluetooth module can obtain the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module based on the server; after the vehicle is powered on, the third bluetooth module can automatically confirm to be paired with the first bluetooth module based on the obtained bluetooth address, thereby automatically matching with the first bluetooth module.
  • the Bluetooth module establishes the first Bluetooth connection without the need for the user to manually operate on the vehicle display screen, which simplifies the user's operation of connecting electronic devices to the vehicle's Bluetooth, thereby improving user experience.
  • the digital car key data is transmitted on the first Bluetooth connection, and the acquisition of the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module does not depend on the first Bluetooth connection between the first Bluetooth module and the second Bluetooth module, there is no need to After waiting for the transmission of the digital key verification data, the first Bluetooth address is transmitted, and then after the vehicle is powered on, the pairing confirmation with the first Bluetooth module can be immediately performed without waiting, which improves the efficiency of Bluetooth connection.
  • the third bluetooth module confirms the pairing with the first bluetooth module, including: the third bluetooth module receives the second authentication information sent by the first bluetooth module, the second authentication information includes the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module; Three.
  • the bluetooth module determines the bluetooth address in the second authentication information, and when it matches the bluetooth address received based on the first bluetooth connection, generates second user pairing confirmation information, wherein the second user pairing confirmation information is used to instruct the user of the vehicle to accept the first bluetooth connection A bluetooth module is paired with the second bluetooth module.
  • the method before establishing the second Bluetooth connection for the first time, the method further includes: the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module acquires the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module from the third Bluetooth module The vehicle bluetooth key management module sends the bluetooth address of the third bluetooth module to the server, so that the bluetooth address of the third bluetooth module is sent to the first bluetooth module by the server; wherein, the bluetooth address of the third bluetooth module is used for establishing During the second Bluetooth connection process, the first Bluetooth module confirms the pairing with the third Bluetooth module. In this way, the third Bluetooth module can obtain the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module, and subsequently, based on the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module, it can automatically perform pairing confirmation with the third Bluetooth module, thereby realizing the first Bluetooth connection with the third Bluetooth module. connect.
  • the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module is also used for the third Bluetooth module to initiate paging to the first Bluetooth module during the first establishment of the second Bluetooth connection. In this way, the user does not need to select the Bluetooth device to be connected in the Bluetooth connection interface in the vehicle display screen, which simplifies the user operation.
  • the second Bluetooth module is a Bluetooth module corresponding to the Bluetooth key module in the vehicle;
  • the third Bluetooth module is a Bluetooth module corresponding to the vehicle entertainment system in the vehicle.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a Bluetooth connection method, which is applied to electronic devices.
  • the method includes: first, the NFC module in the electronic device receives the vehicle information sent by the vehicle based on the NFC connection with the vehicle-mounted NFC key module in the vehicle.
  • the bluetooth address of the third bluetooth module and the NFC connection are first established in the process of using electronic equipment to unlock the NFC car key.
  • the NFC module sends the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module to the first Bluetooth module in the electronic device; then, the first Bluetooth module establishes a second Bluetooth connection with the third Bluetooth module for the first time based on the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module, wherein , the bluetooth address of the third bluetooth module is used for the first bluetooth module to confirm the pairing with the third bluetooth module during the first establishment of the second bluetooth connection.
  • the first Bluetooth module can obtain the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module based on the NFC connection established when the NFC car key is used for unlocking for the first time; after the vehicle is powered on, the first Bluetooth module can automatically confirm the Bluetooth address based on the obtained Bluetooth address. Pair with the third bluetooth module, so as to automatically establish the first bluetooth connection with the third bluetooth module, without the user's manual operation in the mobile phone, which simplifies the user's operation of connecting the electronic device with the vehicle's bluetooth, thereby improving the user experience.
  • the first bluetooth module may be called bluetooth module A0
  • the third bluetooth module may be called bluetooth module A2.
  • the third Bluetooth module is a classic Bluetooth module.
  • the second Bluetooth connection is a classic Bluetooth connection.
  • the second Bluetooth connection includes an A2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution Profile, Bluetooth audio transmission model agreement) connection, and/or, an HFP (Hands-free Profile, telephone hands-free protocol) connection.
  • A2DP Advanced Audio Distribution Profile, Bluetooth audio transmission model agreement
  • HFP Heands-free Profile, telephone hands-free protocol
  • electronic devices may include mobile phones, tablet computers and other devices.
  • the NFC module in an electronic device is called a mobile phone NFC module.
  • the first bluetooth module confirms the pairing with the third bluetooth module, including: the first bluetooth module receives the first authentication information sent by the third bluetooth module, the first authentication information includes the bluetooth address of the third bluetooth module; A Bluetooth module determines the Bluetooth address in the first authentication information, and when matching the Bluetooth address received based on the NFC connection, generates first user pairing confirmation information, wherein the first user pairing confirmation information is used to instruct the user of the electronic device to accept the third
  • the bluetooth module is paired with the first bluetooth module.
  • the method before establishing the second Bluetooth connection for the first time, the method further includes: the first Bluetooth module sends the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module to the NFC module, and the NFC module based on NFC connection, send the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module to the vehicle-mounted NFC key module, so that the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module is sent to the third bluetooth module by the vehicle-mounted NFC key module through the vehicle-mounted bluetooth key management module; Wherein, the first The Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module is used for the third Bluetooth module to confirm pairing with the first Bluetooth module during the first establishment of the second Bluetooth connection. In this way, the third bluetooth module can obtain the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module, and subsequently, based on the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module, it can automatically perform pairing confirmation with the first bluetooth module, thereby realizing the first bluetooth with the first bluetooth module connect.
  • the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module is also used for the first Bluetooth module to initiate paging to the third Bluetooth module during the first establishment of the second Bluetooth connection. In this way, the user does not need to select the Bluetooth device to be connected in the Bluetooth connection interface of the mobile phone, which simplifies the user operation.
  • the third bluetooth module is a bluetooth module corresponding to the vehicle entertainment system in the vehicle.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a Bluetooth connection method, which is applied to a vehicle.
  • the method includes: first, the vehicle-mounted NFC key module in the vehicle receives the first Bluetooth module based on the NFC connection with the NFC module in the electronic device.
  • the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module and the NFC connection are first established in the process of using electronic equipment to unlock the NFC car key.
  • the vehicle-mounted NFC key module sends the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module to the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module in the vehicle; then, the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module sends the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module to the vehicle.
  • the third bluetooth module establishes a second bluetooth connection with the first bluetooth module for the first time based on the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module, wherein, the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module is used for the third
  • the Bluetooth module confirms pairing with the first Bluetooth module.
  • the third Bluetooth module can obtain the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module based on the Bluetooth connection established when the NFC car key is used for unlocking for the first time; after the vehicle is powered on, the third Bluetooth module can automatically confirm the Bluetooth address based on the obtained Bluetooth address. Pairing with the first Bluetooth module, so as to automatically establish the first Bluetooth connection with the first Bluetooth module, without the need for the user to manually operate on the vehicle display screen, which simplifies the user's operation of connecting the electronic device to the vehicle Bluetooth, thereby improving user experience.
  • the pairing confirmation between the third Bluetooth module and the first Bluetooth module includes: the third Bluetooth module receives the second authentication information sent by the first Bluetooth module, and the second authentication information includes the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module; 3.
  • the Bluetooth module determines the Bluetooth address in the second authentication information, and when it matches the Bluetooth address received based on the NFC connection, generates the second user pairing confirmation information, wherein the second user pairing confirmation information is used to instruct the user of the vehicle to accept the first Bluetooth
  • the module is paired with a third Bluetooth module.
  • the method before establishing the second Bluetooth connection for the first time, further includes: the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module obtains the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module from the third Bluetooth module; The vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module sends the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module to the vehicle-mounted NFC key module; the vehicle-mounted NFC key module sends the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module to the NFC module in the electronic device based on the NFC connection, so that the NFC module sends the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module.
  • a bluetooth module sends the bluetooth address of the third bluetooth module, wherein the bluetooth address of the third bluetooth module is used for determining the pairing between the first bluetooth module and the third bluetooth module in the process of establishing the second bluetooth connection for the first time. In this way, the first Bluetooth module can obtain the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module, and subsequently, based on the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module, it can automatically perform pairing confirmation with the third Bluetooth module, thereby realizing the first Bluetooth connection with the third Bluetooth module. connect.
  • the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module is also used for the third Bluetooth module to initiate paging to the first Bluetooth module during the first establishment of the second Bluetooth connection. In this way, the user does not need to select the Bluetooth device to be connected in the Bluetooth connection interface in the vehicle display screen, which simplifies the user operation.
  • the third bluetooth module is a bluetooth module corresponding to the vehicle entertainment system in the vehicle.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including: a first Bluetooth module, configured to receive the third Bluetooth in the vehicle sent by the vehicle based on the first Bluetooth connection between the first Bluetooth module and the second Bluetooth module in the vehicle.
  • the bluetooth address of the module, the first bluetooth connection is established in the process of unlocking the bluetooth car key with the electronic device for the first time;
  • the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module is used for the first Bluetooth module to confirm the pairing with the third Bluetooth module in the process of establishing the second Bluetooth connection for the first time.
  • the first Bluetooth module is also used to receive the first authentication information sent by the third Bluetooth module, the first authentication information includes the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module; and determine the Bluetooth address in the first authentication information, and based on When the Bluetooth addresses received by the first Bluetooth connection match, first user pairing confirmation information is generated, wherein the first user pairing confirmation information is used to instruct the user of the electronic device to accept pairing between the third Bluetooth module and the first Bluetooth module.
  • the first Bluetooth module is further configured to send the first Bluetooth module to the second Bluetooth module based on the first Bluetooth connection before establishing the second Bluetooth connection for the first time.
  • Bluetooth address so that the second Bluetooth module sends the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module to the third Bluetooth module through the vehicle Bluetooth key management module; wherein, the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module is used to establish the second Bluetooth connection for the first time
  • the third bluetooth module confirms the pairing with the first bluetooth module.
  • the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module is also used for the first Bluetooth module to initiate paging to the third Bluetooth module during the first establishment of the second Bluetooth connection.
  • the seventh aspect and any implementation manner of the seventh aspect correspond to the first aspect and any implementation manner of the first aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the seventh aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the seventh aspect refer to the technical effects corresponding to the above-mentioned first aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect, and details are not repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a vehicle, and the vehicle includes a second Bluetooth module, a vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module and a third Bluetooth module, wherein: the second Bluetooth module is used to communicate with the first Bluetooth module in the electronic device based on the second Bluetooth module.
  • the first bluetooth connection of a bluetooth module receives the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module sent by the first bluetooth module.
  • the Bluetooth address is sent to the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module; the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module is used to send the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module to the third Bluetooth module; the third Bluetooth module is used to based on the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module, Establishing a second Bluetooth connection with the first Bluetooth module for the first time, wherein the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module is used for the third Bluetooth module to confirm pairing with the first Bluetooth module during the first establishment of the second Bluetooth connection.
  • the third Bluetooth module is also used to receive the second authentication information sent by the first Bluetooth module, the second authentication information includes the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module; and determine the Bluetooth address in the second authentication information, and based on When the Bluetooth addresses received by the first Bluetooth connection match, second user pairing confirmation information is generated, wherein the second user pairing confirmation information is used to instruct the user of the vehicle to accept pairing between the first Bluetooth module and the third Bluetooth module.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module is also used to obtain the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module from the third Bluetooth module before establishing the second Bluetooth connection for the first time; And send the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module to the second Bluetooth module; the second Bluetooth module is also used to send the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module to the first Bluetooth module based on the first Bluetooth connection, wherein the third Bluetooth module The bluetooth address of the module is used for determining the pairing between the first bluetooth module and the third bluetooth module in the process of establishing the second bluetooth connection for the first time.
  • the second Bluetooth module is a Bluetooth module corresponding to the Bluetooth key module in the vehicle;
  • the third Bluetooth module is a Bluetooth module corresponding to the vehicle entertainment system in the vehicle.
  • the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module is also used for the third Bluetooth module to initiate paging to the first Bluetooth module during the first establishment of the second Bluetooth connection.
  • the eighth aspect and any implementation manner of the eighth aspect correspond to the second aspect and any implementation manner of the second aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the eighth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the eighth aspect refer to the above-mentioned second aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the second aspect, and details are not repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including: a first Bluetooth module, configured to receive the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module in the vehicle from the server, and the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module is sent by the vehicle to the server; And based on the bluetooth address of the third bluetooth module, establish a second bluetooth connection with the third bluetooth module for the first time, wherein, the bluetooth address of the third bluetooth module is used for the first bluetooth module to confirm with the third bluetooth connection Module pairing.
  • the first Bluetooth module is also used to receive the first authentication information sent by the third Bluetooth module, the first authentication information includes the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module; the first Bluetooth module determines the Bluetooth address in the first authentication information , when matching with the Bluetooth address received based on the first Bluetooth connection, generating first user pairing confirmation information, wherein the first user pairing confirmation information is used to instruct the user of the electronic device to accept pairing between the third Bluetooth module and the first Bluetooth module.
  • the first Bluetooth module is also used to send the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module to the server, so that the server can pass the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module of the vehicle to the second Bluetooth module.
  • the bluetooth address of a bluetooth module is sent to the third bluetooth module, wherein the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module is used for the third bluetooth module to confirm the pairing with the first bluetooth module in the process of establishing the second bluetooth connection for the first time.
  • the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module is also used for the first Bluetooth module to initiate paging to the third Bluetooth module during the first establishment of the second Bluetooth connection.
  • the ninth aspect and any implementation manner of the ninth aspect correspond to the third aspect and any implementation manner of the third aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the ninth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the ninth aspect refer to the above-mentioned third aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the third aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a vehicle, the vehicle includes a vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module and a third Bluetooth module, wherein: the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module is used to receive the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module in the electronic device from the server, The Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module is sent by the first Bluetooth module to the server; and the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module is sent to the third Bluetooth module of the vehicle; the third Bluetooth module is used for Bluetooth based on the first Bluetooth module The address is to establish the second Bluetooth connection with the first Bluetooth module for the first time, wherein the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module is used for the third Bluetooth module to confirm the pairing with the first Bluetooth module in the process of establishing the second Bluetooth connection for the first time.
  • the third Bluetooth module is also used to receive the second authentication information sent by the first Bluetooth module, the second authentication information includes the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module; and determine the Bluetooth address in the second authentication information, and based on When the Bluetooth addresses received by the first Bluetooth connection match, second user pairing confirmation information is generated, wherein the second user pairing confirmation information is used to instruct the user of the vehicle to accept pairing between the first Bluetooth module and the second Bluetooth module.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module is also used to obtain the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module from the third Bluetooth module before establishing the second Bluetooth connection for the first time; And send the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module to the server, so that the server sends the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module to the first Bluetooth module; wherein, the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module is used in the process of establishing the second Bluetooth connection for the first time
  • the first Bluetooth module confirms pairing with the third Bluetooth module.
  • the second Bluetooth module is a Bluetooth module corresponding to the Bluetooth key module in the vehicle;
  • the third Bluetooth module is a Bluetooth module corresponding to the vehicle entertainment system in the vehicle.
  • the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module is also used for the third Bluetooth module to initiate paging to the first Bluetooth module during the first establishment of the second Bluetooth connection.
  • the tenth aspect and any implementation manner of the tenth aspect correspond to the fourth aspect and any implementation manner of the fourth aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the tenth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the tenth aspect refer to the above-mentioned fourth aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the fourth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including: an NFC module, configured to receive the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module in the vehicle sent by the vehicle based on the NFC connection with the vehicle-mounted NFC key module in the vehicle, and the NFC connection It is established in the process of using electronic equipment for NFC car key unlocking for the first time; and sending the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module to the first Bluetooth module in the electronic equipment.
  • the first bluetooth module is used to establish a second bluetooth connection with the third bluetooth module for the first time based on the bluetooth address of the third bluetooth module, wherein the bluetooth address of the third bluetooth module is used for the first bluetooth in the process of establishing the second bluetooth connection for the first time
  • the module confirms pairing with the third Bluetooth module.
  • the first Bluetooth module is also used to receive the first authentication information sent by the third Bluetooth module, the first authentication information includes the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module; the first Bluetooth module determines the Bluetooth address in the first authentication information When the address matches the Bluetooth address received based on the NFC connection, first user pairing confirmation information is generated, wherein the first user pairing confirmation information is used to instruct the user of the electronic device to accept the pairing between the third Bluetooth module and the first Bluetooth module.
  • the first Bluetooth module is also used to send the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module to the NFC module before establishing the second Bluetooth connection for the first time;
  • the NFC module is also used to send the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module to the vehicle-mounted NFC key module based on the NFC connection, so that the vehicle-mounted NFC key module sends the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module to the third Bluetooth module through the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module ;
  • the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module is used for the third Bluetooth module to confirm the pairing with the first Bluetooth module during the first establishment of the second Bluetooth connection.
  • the third Bluetooth module can obtain the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module, and subsequently, based on the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module, it can automatically pair and connect with the first Bluetooth module.
  • the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module is also used for the first Bluetooth module to initiate paging to the third Bluetooth module during the first establishment of the second Bluetooth connection.
  • the eleventh aspect and any one implementation manner of the eleventh aspect correspond to the fifth aspect and any one implementation manner of the fifth aspect respectively.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a vehicle, including: a vehicle-mounted NFC key module, a vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module, and a third Bluetooth module, wherein: the vehicle-mounted NFC key module is used for NFC based on the NFC module in the electronic device Connect, receive the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module sent by the first bluetooth module, the NFC connection is the first time to use the electronic device to carry out the establishment of NFC car key unlocking process; and send the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module to the car in the vehicle Bluetooth key management module.
  • the vehicle bluetooth key management module is used to send the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module to the third bluetooth module in the vehicle; the third bluetooth module is used to establish the first bluetooth module with the first bluetooth module The second Bluetooth connection, wherein the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module is used for the third Bluetooth module to confirm pairing with the first Bluetooth module during the first establishment of the second Bluetooth connection.
  • the third Bluetooth module is also used to receive the second authentication information sent by the first Bluetooth module, the second authentication information includes the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module; the third Bluetooth module determines the Bluetooth address in the second authentication information When the address matches the Bluetooth address received based on the NFC connection, second user pairing confirmation information is generated, wherein the second user pairing confirmation information is used to instruct the user of the vehicle to accept the pairing of the first Bluetooth module and the third Bluetooth module.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module is also used to obtain the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module from the third Bluetooth module before establishing the second Bluetooth connection for the first time ; and the bluetooth address of the third bluetooth module is sent to the vehicle-mounted NFC key module.
  • the vehicle-mounted NFC key module is also used to send the bluetooth address of the third bluetooth module to the NFC module in the electronic device based on the NFC connection, so that the bluetooth address of the third bluetooth module is sent by the NFC module to the first bluetooth module, wherein the third bluetooth The bluetooth address of the module is used for determining the pairing between the first bluetooth module and the third bluetooth module in the process of establishing the second bluetooth connection for the first time.
  • the first Bluetooth module can obtain the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module, and subsequently, based on the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module, it can automatically pair and connect with the third Bluetooth module.
  • the third Bluetooth module is a Bluetooth module corresponding to the vehicle entertainment system in the vehicle.
  • the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module is also used for the third Bluetooth module to initiate paging to the first Bluetooth module during the first establishment of the second Bluetooth connection.
  • the twelfth aspect and any implementation manner of the twelfth aspect correspond to the sixth aspect and any implementation manner of the sixth aspect respectively.
  • For the technical effects corresponding to the twelfth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twelfth aspect refer to the technical effects corresponding to the above sixth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the sixth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including: a memory and a processor, the memory is coupled to the processor; the memory stores program instructions, and when the program instructions are executed by the processor, the electronic device executes the first aspect Or the Bluetooth connection method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • the thirteenth aspect and any implementation manner of the thirteenth aspect correspond to the first aspect and any implementation manner of the first aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the thirteenth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the thirteenth aspect refer to the above-mentioned first aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect, and details are not repeated here.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including: a memory and a processor, the memory is coupled to the processor; the memory stores program instructions, and when the program instructions are executed by the processor, the electronic device executes the third aspect Or the Bluetooth connection method in any possible implementation manner of the third aspect.
  • the fourteenth aspect and any implementation manner of the fourteenth aspect correspond to the third aspect and any implementation manner of the third aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the fourteenth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the fourteenth aspect refer to the above-mentioned third aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the third aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including: a memory and a processor, the memory is coupled to the processor; the memory stores program instructions, and when the program instructions are executed by the processor, the electronic device executes the fifth aspect Or the Bluetooth connection method in any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect.
  • the fifteenth aspect and any implementation manner of the fifteenth aspect correspond to the fifth aspect and any implementation manner of the fifth aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the fifteenth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the fifteenth aspect refer to the above-mentioned fifth aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the fifth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a vehicle, including: a memory and a processor, the memory is coupled to the processor; the memory stores program instructions, and when the program instructions are executed by the processor, the electronic device executes the second aspect or The Bluetooth connection method in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • the sixteenth aspect and any implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect correspond to the second aspect and any implementation manner of the second aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the sixteenth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the sixteenth aspect refer to the above-mentioned second aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a vehicle, including: a memory and a processor, the memory is coupled to the processor; the memory stores program instructions, and when the program instructions are executed by the processor, the electronic device executes the fourth aspect or The Bluetooth connection method in any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
  • the seventeenth aspect and any implementation manner of the seventeenth aspect correspond to the fourth aspect and any implementation manner of the fourth aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the seventeenth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the seventeenth aspect please refer to the technical effects corresponding to the above fourth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the fourth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a vehicle, including: a memory and a processor, the memory is coupled to the processor; the memory stores program instructions, and when the program instructions are executed by the processor, the electronic device executes the sixth aspect or The Bluetooth connection method in any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect.
  • the eighteenth aspect and any implementation manner of the eighteenth aspect correspond to the sixth aspect and any implementation manner of the sixth aspect respectively.
  • For the technical effects corresponding to the eighteenth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the eighteenth aspect refer to the technical effects corresponding to the sixth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the sixth aspect above, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including one or more interface circuits and one or more processors; the interface circuit is used to receive signals from the memory of the electronic device and send signals to the processor, and the signals include Computer instructions stored in the memory; when the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device is made to execute the first aspect or the Bluetooth connection method in any possible implementation of the first aspect.
  • the nineteenth aspect and any implementation manner of the nineteenth aspect correspond to the first aspect and any implementation manner of the first aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the nineteenth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the nineteenth aspect refer to the above-mentioned first aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including one or more interface circuits and one or more processors; the interface circuit is used to receive signals from the memory of the electronic device and send signals to the processor, and the signals include Computer instructions stored in the memory; when the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device is made to execute the third aspect or the Bluetooth connection method in any possible implementation of the third aspect.
  • the twentieth aspect and any implementation manner of the twentieth aspect correspond to the third aspect and any implementation manner of the third aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the twentieth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twentieth aspect refer to the above-mentioned third aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the third aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including one or more interface circuits and one or more processors; the interface circuit is used to receive signals from the memory of the electronic device and send signals to the processor, the signal It includes computer instructions stored in the memory; when the processor executes the computer instructions, the electronic device is made to execute the fifth aspect or the Bluetooth connection method in any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect.
  • the twenty-first aspect and any implementation manner of the twenty-first aspect correspond to the fifth aspect and any implementation manner of the fifth aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the twenty-first aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twenty-first aspect please refer to the above-mentioned fifth aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the fifth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including one or more interface circuits and one or more processors; the interface circuit is used to receive signals from the memory of the vehicle and send signals to the processor, and the signals include Computer instructions stored in the memory; when the processor executes the computer instructions, the vehicle is made to execute the second aspect or the Bluetooth connection method in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • the twenty-second aspect and any implementation manner of the twenty-second aspect correspond to the second aspect and any implementation manner of the second aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the twenty-second aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twenty-second aspect please refer to the above-mentioned second aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including one or more interface circuits and one or more processors; the interface circuit is used to receive signals from the memory of the vehicle and send signals to the processor, and the signals include Computer instructions stored in the memory; when the processor executes the computer instructions, the vehicle is made to execute the fourth aspect or the Bluetooth connection method in any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
  • the twenty-third aspect and any implementation manner of the twenty-third aspect correspond to the fourth aspect and any implementation manner of the fourth aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the twenty-third aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twenty-third aspect please refer to the above-mentioned fourth aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the fourth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including one or more interface circuits and one or more processors; the interface circuit is used to receive signals from the memory of the vehicle and send signals to the processor, and the signals include Computer instructions stored in the memory; when the processor executes the computer instructions, the vehicle is made to execute the sixth aspect or the Bluetooth connection method in any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect.
  • the twenty-fourth aspect and any one implementation manner of the twenty-fourth aspect correspond to the sixth aspect and any one implementation manner of the sixth aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the twenty-fourth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twenty-fourth aspect please refer to the technical effects corresponding to the sixth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the sixth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium.
  • the computer readable storage medium stores a computer program.
  • the computer program runs on the computer or processor, the computer or processor executes the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • a Bluetooth connection method in any possible implementation manner of an aspect.
  • the twenty-fifth aspect and any one implementation manner of the twenty-fifth aspect correspond to the first aspect and any one implementation manner of the first aspect respectively.
  • For the technical effects corresponding to the twenty-fifth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twenty-fifth aspect refer to the above-mentioned first aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect, and details are not repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program runs on a computer or a processor, the computer or the processor executes the second aspect or the second aspect
  • the bluetooth connection method in any possible implementation of the second aspect.
  • the twenty-sixth aspect and any implementation manner of the twenty-sixth aspect correspond to the second aspect and any implementation manner of the second aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the twenty-sixth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twenty-sixth aspect please refer to the above-mentioned second aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program runs on the computer or the processor, the computer or the processor executes the third aspect or the first The bluetooth connection method in any possible implementation of the three aspects.
  • the twenty-seventh aspect and any implementation manner of the twenty-seventh aspect correspond to the third aspect and any implementation manner of the third aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the twenty-seventh aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twenty-seventh aspect please refer to the technical effects corresponding to the above-mentioned third aspect or any one of the implementation manners of the third aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program runs on the computer or processor, the computer or processor executes the fourth aspect or the first The bluetooth connection method in any possible implementation of the four aspects.
  • the twenty-eighth aspect and any implementation manner of the twenty-eighth aspect correspond to the fourth aspect and any implementation manner of the fourth aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the twenty-eighth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twenty-eighth aspect please refer to the technical effects corresponding to the fourth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the fourth aspect above, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program.
  • the computer program runs on a computer or a processor, the computer or processor executes the fifth aspect or the first aspect.
  • the bluetooth connection method in any possible implementation of the five aspects.
  • the twenty-ninth aspect and any one implementation manner of the twenty-ninth aspect correspond to the fifth aspect and any one implementation manner of the fifth aspect respectively.
  • the technical effects corresponding to the twenty-ninth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the twenty-ninth aspect please refer to the above-mentioned fifth aspect and the technical effects corresponding to any one of the implementation manners of the fifth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program runs on the computer or the processor, the computer or the processor executes the sixth aspect or the sixth aspect.
  • a Bluetooth connection method in any possible implementation of the aspect.
  • the thirtieth aspect and any one implementation manner of the thirtieth aspect correspond to the sixth aspect and any one implementation manner of the sixth aspect respectively.
  • For the technical effects corresponding to the thirtieth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the thirtieth aspect refer to the technical effects corresponding to the above sixth aspect and any one of the implementation manners of the sixth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an exemplary electronic device
  • FIG. 2 is a software structural block diagram of an exemplary electronic device
  • Fig. 3 is a structural schematic view of the vehicle shown exemplary
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary car key application interaction
  • Figure 5a is a schematic diagram of an exemplary interface
  • Figure 5b is an exemplary schematic diagram of the interface
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary digital car key application process
  • Figure 7a is an exemplary schematic diagram of binding
  • Fig. 7b is a schematic diagram of an exemplary unlocking process
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary bluetooth connection process
  • Figure 9a is an exemplary schematic diagram of binding
  • Fig. 9b is a schematic diagram of bluetooth connection shown exemplary
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary bluetooth connection process
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary application scenario
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary Bluetooth connection
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary Bluetooth connection
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary Bluetooth connection
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary Bluetooth connection
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary Bluetooth connection
  • FIG. 17 is an exemplary schematic diagram of binding
  • Fig. 18 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary unlocking process
  • Fig. 19 is a schematic diagram of exemplary Bluetooth binding
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary Bluetooth connection
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary Bluetooth connection
  • Fig. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of the device shown exemplarily.
  • first and second in the description and claims of the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish different objects, rather than to describe a specific order of objects.
  • first target object, the second target object, etc. are used to distinguish different target objects, rather than describing a specific order of the target objects.
  • words such as “exemplary” or “for example” are used as examples, illustrations or illustrations. Any embodiment or design scheme described as “exemplary” or “for example” in the embodiments of the present application shall not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other embodiments or design schemes. Rather, the use of words such as “exemplary” or “such as” is intended to present related concepts in a concrete manner.
  • multiple processing units refer to two or more processing units; multiple systems refer to two or more systems.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. 1 is only an example of an electronic device, and the electronic device 100 may have more or fewer components than those shown in the figure, and two or more components may be combined , or may have different component configurations.
  • the various components shown in FIG. 1 may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software, including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
  • the electronic device 100 may include: a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, and an antenna 2.
  • Mobile communication module 150 wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display screen 194, And a subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195, etc.
  • SIM subscriber identification module
  • the sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, an ambient light sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
  • the electronic device 100 may also include an eSE (Embedded Secure Element, embedded secure element), which is used to protect the data security of the electronic device 100, and the eSE may be coupled with the processor 110.
  • eSE embedded Secure Element, embedded secure element
  • the eSE may be an independent chip.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units, for example: the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (graphics processing unit, GPU), an image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural network processor (neural-network processing unit, NPU) wait. Wherein, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
  • application processor application processor, AP
  • modem processor graphics processing unit
  • GPU graphics processing unit
  • image signal processor image signal processor
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller memory
  • video codec digital signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • baseband processor baseband processor
  • neural network processor neural-network processing unit, NPU
  • the controller may be the nerve center and command center of the electronic device 100 .
  • the controller can generate an operation control signal according to the instruction opcode and timing signal, and complete the control of fetching and executing the instruction.
  • a memory may also be provided in the processor 110 for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory in processor 110 is a cache memory.
  • the memory may hold instructions or data that the processor 110 has just used or recycled. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated access is avoided, and the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, thereby improving the efficiency of the system.
  • processor 110 may include one or more interfaces.
  • the interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transmitter (universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (mobile industry processor interface, MIPI), general-purpose input and output (general-purpose input/output, GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (subscriber identity module, SIM) interface, and /or universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous transmitter
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input and output
  • subscriber identity module subscriber identity module
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB universal serial bus
  • the I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus, including a serial data line (serial data line, SDA) and a serial clock line (derail clock line, SCL).
  • processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2C buses.
  • the processor 110 can be respectively coupled to the touch sensor 180K, the charger, the flashlight, the camera 193 and the like through different I2C bus interfaces.
  • the processor 110 may be coupled to the touch sensor 180K through the I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate through the I2C bus interface to realize the touch function of the electronic device 100 .
  • the I2S interface can be used for audio communication.
  • processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2S buses.
  • the processor 110 may be coupled to the audio module 170 through an I2S bus to implement communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170 .
  • the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset.
  • the USB interface 130 is an interface conforming to the USB standard specification, specifically, it can be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and the like.
  • the USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the electronic device 100 , and can also be used to transmit data between the electronic device 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones and play audio through them. This interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
  • the interface connection relationship between the modules shown in the embodiment of the present application is only a schematic illustration, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 may also adopt different interface connection manners in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection manners.
  • the charging management module 140 is configured to receive a charging input from a charger.
  • the charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
  • the charging management module 140 can receive charging input from the wired charger through the USB interface 130 .
  • the charging management module 140 may receive a wireless charging input through a wireless charging coil of the electronic device 100 . While the charging management module 140 is charging the battery 142 , it can also provide power for electronic devices through the power management module 141 .
  • the power management module 141 is used for connecting the battery 142 , the charging management module 140 and the processor 110 .
  • the power management module 141 receives the input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140 to provide power for the processor 110 , the internal memory 121 , the external memory, the display screen 194 , the camera 193 , and the wireless communication module 160 .
  • the power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, and battery health status (leakage, impedance).
  • the power management module 141 may also be disposed in the processor 110 .
  • the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be set in the same device.
  • the wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be realized by the antenna 1 , the antenna 2 , the mobile communication module 150 , the wireless communication module 160 , a modem processor, a baseband processor, and the like.
  • Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • Each antenna in electronic device 100 may be used to cover single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be multiplexed to improve the utilization of the antennas.
  • Antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network.
  • the antenna may be used in conjunction with a tuning switch.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can provide wireless communication solutions including 2G/3G/4G/5G applied on the electronic device 100 .
  • the mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (low noise amplifier, LNA) and the like.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic waves, and send them to the modem processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signals modulated by the modem processor, and convert them into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1 for radiation.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be set in the processor 110 .
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be set in the same device.
  • a modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator.
  • the modulator is used for modulating the low-frequency baseband signal to be transmitted into a medium-high frequency signal.
  • the demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator sends the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing.
  • the low-frequency baseband signal is passed to the application processor after being processed by the baseband processor.
  • the application processor outputs sound signals through audio equipment (not limited to speaker 170A, receiver 170B, etc.), or displays images or videos through display screen 194 .
  • the modem processor may be a stand-alone device.
  • the modem processor may be independent from the processor 110, and be set in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can provide WLAN (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) network), bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), global navigation satellite system (global navigation satellite system, GNSS) applied on the electronic device 100. , frequency modulation (frequency modulation, FM), near field communication technology (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions.
  • the wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
  • the wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency-modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110 .
  • the wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110 , frequency-modulate it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 for radiation.
  • the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled to the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled to the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
  • the wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time division code division multiple access (time-division code division multiple access, TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR techniques, etc.
  • GSM global system for mobile communications
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • code division multiple access code division multiple access
  • CDMA broadband Code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • time division code division multiple access time-division code division multiple access
  • TD-SCDMA time-division code division multiple access
  • the GNSS may include a global positioning system (global positioning system, GPS), a global navigation satellite system (global navigation satellite system, GLONASS), a Beidou navigation satellite system (beidou navigation satellite system, BDS), a quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system (QZSS) and/or satellite based augmentation systems (SBAS).
  • GPS global positioning system
  • GLONASS global navigation satellite system
  • Beidou navigation satellite system beidou navigation satellite system
  • BDS Beidou navigation satellite system
  • QZSS quasi-zenith satellite system
  • SBAS satellite based augmentation systems
  • the electronic device 100 realizes the display function through the GPU, the display screen 194 , and the application processor.
  • the GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, and is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor. GPUs are used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering.
  • Processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
  • the display screen 194 is used to display images, videos and the like.
  • the display screen 194 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel can be a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active matrix organic light emitting diode or an active matrix organic light emitting diode (active-matrix organic light emitting diode, AMOLED), flexible light-emitting diode (flex light-emitting diode, FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light emitting diodes (quantum dot light emitting diodes, QLED), etc.
  • the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N display screens 194 , where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the electronic device 100 can realize the shooting function through the ISP, the camera 193 , the video codec, the GPU, the display screen 194 and the application processor.
  • the ISP is used for processing the data fed back by the camera 193 .
  • the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, and the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye.
  • ISP can also perform algorithm optimization on image noise, brightness, and skin color.
  • ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene.
  • the ISP may be located in the camera 193 .
  • Camera 193 is used to capture still images or video.
  • the object generates an optical image through the lens and projects it to the photosensitive element.
  • the photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor.
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
  • the photosensitive element converts the light signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
  • the ISP outputs the digital image signal to the DSP for processing.
  • DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other image signals.
  • the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N cameras 193 , where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
  • Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video.
  • the electronic device 100 may support one or more video codecs.
  • the electronic device 100 can play or record videos in various encoding formats, for example: moving picture experts group (moving picture experts group, MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4 and so on.
  • MPEG moving picture experts group
  • the external memory interface 120 can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, so as to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100.
  • the external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to implement a data storage function. Such as saving music, video and other files in the external memory card.
  • the internal memory 121 may be used to store computer-executable program codes including instructions.
  • the processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 100 by executing instructions stored in the internal memory 121 .
  • the internal memory 121 may include an area for storing programs and an area for storing data.
  • the stored program area can store an operating system, at least one application program required by a function (such as a sound playing function, an image playing function, etc.) and the like.
  • the storage data area can store data created during the use of the electronic device 100 (such as audio data, phonebook, etc.) and the like.
  • the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash storage (universal flash storage, UFS) and the like.
  • the electronic device 100 can implement audio functions through the audio module 170 , the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the earphone interface 170D, and the application processor. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
  • the audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and is also used to convert analog audio input into digital audio signal.
  • the audio module 170 may also be used to encode and decode audio signals.
  • the audio module 170 may be set in the processor 110 , or some functional modules of the audio module 170 may be set in the processor 110 .
  • the software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a micro-kernel architecture, a micro-service architecture, or a cloud architecture.
  • the embodiment of the present application takes the Android system with a layered architecture as an example to illustrate the software structure of the electronic device 100 .
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram of the software structure of the electronic device 100 according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the layered architecture of the electronic device 100 divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Layers communicate through software interfaces.
  • the Android system is divided into four layers, which are respectively the application program layer, the application program framework layer, the Android runtime (Android runtime) and the system library, and the kernel layer from top to bottom.
  • the application layer can consist of a series of application packages.
  • the application package can include applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, NFC, and vehicle management.
  • the vehicle management application program is used to manage the vehicle, for example, control vehicle devices (such as unlocking, locking, opening/closing windows, turning on/off air conditioning, etc.), checking vehicle status (such as checking windows, doors, etc.) , air conditioner, status of rearview mirror, vehicle position, etc.) etc.
  • the application framework layer provides an application programming interface (application programming interface, API) and a programming framework for applications in the application layer.
  • the application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
  • the application framework layer can include window manager, content provider, view system, phone manager, resource manager, notification manager, digital key service, etc.
  • a window manager is used to manage window programs.
  • the window manager can get the size of the display screen, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, capture the screen, etc.
  • Content providers are used to store and retrieve data and make it accessible to applications.
  • Said data may include video, images, audio, calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phonebook, etc.
  • the view system includes visual controls, such as controls for displaying text, controls for displaying pictures, and so on.
  • the view system can be used to build applications.
  • a display interface can consist of one or more views.
  • a display interface including a text message notification icon may include a view for displaying text and a view for displaying pictures.
  • the phone manager is used to provide communication functions of the electronic device 100 . For example, the management of call status (including connected, hung up, etc.).
  • the resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files, and so on.
  • the notification manager enables the application to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and can automatically disappear after a short stay without user interaction.
  • the notification manager is used to notify the download completion, message reminder, etc.
  • the notification manager can also be a notification that appears on the top status bar of the system in the form of a chart or scroll bar text, such as a notification of an application running in the background, or a notification that appears on the screen in the form of a dialog window.
  • prompting text information in the status bar issuing a prompt sound, vibrating the electronic device, and flashing the indicator light, etc.
  • the digital key service can be used to provide service support for the vehicle management application in the application layer.
  • the Android Runtime includes core library and virtual machine. The Android runtime is responsible for the scheduling and management of the Android system.
  • the core library consists of two parts: one part is the function function that the java language needs to call, and the other part is the core library of Android.
  • the application layer and the application framework layer run in virtual machines.
  • the virtual machine executes the java files of the application program layer and the application program framework layer as binary files.
  • the virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object life cycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection.
  • a system library can include multiple function modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media library (Media Libraries), 3D graphics processing library (eg: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (eg: SGL), etc.
  • the surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides the fusion of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
  • the media library supports playback and recording of various commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files, etc.
  • the media library can support a variety of audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
  • the 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, compositing, and layer processing, etc.
  • 2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
  • the kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software.
  • the kernel layer includes at least a display driver, a Wi-Fi driver, a Bluetooth driver, an NFC driver, and a sensor driver.
  • the components contained in the system framework layer, system library and runtime layer shown in FIG. 2 do not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or separate certain components, or arrange different components.
  • the electronic device 100 may be a terminal device such as a mobile phone and a tablet computer, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • a mobile phone is taken as an example for illustration.
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a vehicle shown in an exemplary manner.
  • vehicle 300 can comprise: Bluetooth key module (main module) 301, vehicle-mounted NFC key module 302, PEPS (Passive Entry Passive Start, keyless entry and starting system) module 303, T-Box (Telematics BOX, telematics processor) module 304, BCM (Body Control Module, body control module) module 305, IVI (In-Vehicle Infotainment, in-vehicle entertainment system) module 306, Bluetooth key module (slave module 1) 307, Bluetooth key module (slave module 2) 308, bluetooth key module (slave module 3) 309 . . . bluetooth key module (slave module n) 310.
  • n is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • an in-vehicle entertainment system may be configured in the vehicle, and the in-vehicle entertainment system includes the IVI module 306 .
  • the IVI module 306 includes: a Bluetooth module A2 (3061), an audio module 3062 and a display screen 3063.
  • the Bluetooth module A2 (3061) may be a classic Bluetooth module.
  • the audio module 3062 can be used to collect voice data and play audio data.
  • the display screen 3063 can be used to display information such as text, images and so on.
  • a Bluetooth car key system can be configured in the vehicle, and the Bluetooth car key system includes: a Bluetooth key module (master module) 301, a Bluetooth key module (slave module 1) 307, a Bluetooth key module (slave module 2) 308, a Key module (slave module 3) 309 . . . Bluetooth key module (slave module n) 310 .
  • the Bluetooth key module (main module) 301 includes: a Bluetooth module A1 (3011), a vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module 3012, and a vehicle-mounted vehicle key security unit 3013.
  • the vehicle bluetooth key management module 3012 in the bluetooth key module (main module) 301 can be the MCU (Microcontroller Unit, micro control unit) of the bluetooth key module (main module) 301.
  • the Bluetooth module A1 (3011) may be a BLE (Bluetooth Low Energy, Bluetooth Low Energy) module.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module 3012 can be used to judge whether to unlock according to the verification result of the digital vehicle key, and obtain the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2.
  • the car key security unit 3013 can be used to protect the security of the digital car key.
  • Bluetooth key module (from module 1) 307, bluetooth key module (from module 2) 308, bluetooth key module (from module 3) 309...Bluetooth key module (from module n) 310, all Contains a Bluetooth module that can be used for distance measurement.
  • each module in bluetooth key module (main module) 301, vehicle-mounted NFC key module 302, PEPS module 303, T-Box module 304, BCM module 305, IVI module 306 all has MCU, and each module can pass CAN (Controller Area Network, Controller Area Network) bus or LIN (Local Interconnect Network, Local Interconnect Network) bus for communication.
  • CAN Controller Area Network
  • LIN Local Interconnect Network
  • an NFC vehicle key system may be configured in a vehicle, and the NFC vehicle key system includes a vehicle NFC key module 302 .
  • the PEPS module 303 is configured to automatically open the door when detecting that the authorized user of the vehicle steps into a specified range; and automatically lock the door when detecting that the authorized user of the vehicle leaves the vehicle.
  • the T-Box module 304 can be used for communication between the vehicle and the server of the car enterprise.
  • the car enterprise server may refer to a server provided by a car manufacturer, which is used to provide services for the car, such as digital car key management service, car remote service, and the like.
  • the BCM module 305 can be used to control the vehicle body.
  • the components shown in FIG. 3 do not constitute a specific limitation on the vehicle 300 .
  • the vehicle 300 may include more or fewer components than those shown, or combine certain components, or separate certain components, or arrange different components.
  • the Bluetooth of the mobile phone used by the user can be bound with the Bluetooth of the vehicle entertainment system.
  • the Bluetooth of the mobile phone B can be bound to the Bluetooth of the vehicle entertainment system.
  • the Bluetooth of the mobile phone and the Bluetooth of the vehicle entertainment system may be automatically bound based on the connection established during the process of unlocking the vehicle door lock using the digital car key in the mobile phone.
  • the Bluetooth of the mobile phone and the car key system can be automatically bound.
  • Entertainment system bluetooth based on the Bluetooth connection established during the process of using the Bluetooth car key in the mobile phone to unlock the vehicle door lock, the Bluetooth of the mobile phone and the car key system can be automatically bound.
  • Entertainment system bluetooth based on the Bluetooth connection established during the process of using the Bluetooth car key in the mobile phone to unlock the vehicle door lock, the Bluetooth of the mobile phone and the car key system can be automatically bound.
  • Entertainment system bluetooth bluetooth.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary application interaction for a car key.
  • the mobile phone before using the Bluetooth car key in the mobile phone to unlock the vehicle door lock, the mobile phone can interact with the car enterprise server to apply for the digital car key of the vehicle from the car enterprise server.
  • Fig. 5a and Fig. 5b are schematic diagrams of interfaces shown exemplarily.
  • 501 is the main interface of the mobile phone, and the main interface of the mobile phone includes one or more controls, including but not limited to: application icons (for example, application icons of Huawei sharing applications, browser application application icon of the vehicle management application), network identification, battery identification, etc.
  • application icons for example, application icons of Huawei sharing applications, browser application application icon of the vehicle management application
  • network identification for example, network identification, battery identification, etc.
  • the user clicks the application icon 502 of the vehicle management application, and the mobile phone responds to the user's operation behavior and displays the application interface 503 of the vehicle management application, as shown in FIG. 5a(2).
  • the application interface 503 of the vehicle management application includes one or more controls, including but not limited to: a car key application option 504, an unlock option, an air-conditioning option, and an image option in the car.
  • the application interface 503 of the vehicle management application may also display vehicle attribute information such as the model and color of the vehicle.
  • the user may click on the car key application option 504 to apply for a digital car key.
  • the user may click on the unlock option to unlock the car door.
  • the user can click the air conditioner option to enter the air conditioner control interface, check the status of the air conditioner in the car and control the air conditioner in the car.
  • the user may click on the option of the image inside the car to view the image inside the car.
  • the mobile phone may respond to the user's operation behavior and enter the application interface 505, as shown in Fig. 5b(1).
  • the application interface 505 includes one or more controls, including but not limited to: application option 506, editing items (such as vehicle VIN (Vehicle Identification Number, vehicle identification number) code editing items, ID card editing items, mobile phone number editing items and verification code editing items, etc.), get verification code options, etc.
  • editing items such as vehicle VIN (Vehicle Identification Number, vehicle identification number) code editing items, ID card editing items, mobile phone number editing items and verification code editing items, etc.
  • the vehicle manufacturer can provide the vehicle VIN code of the vehicle to the user, wherein the vehicle VIN code is used to uniquely identify a vehicle, and the manufacturer, engine, and chassis serial number of the vehicle can be identified according to the vehicle VIN code and other performance information, so that subsequent users can use and maintain the vehicle.
  • the user may input the vehicle VIN code provided by the vehicle manufacturer in the vehicle VIN code editing item.
  • the user may provide the vehicle manufacturer with the identity information of the vehicle owner, wherein the identity information of the vehicle owner may include but not limited to: name, gender, ID number, mobile phone number, etc., so that the vehicle manufacturer can associate the vehicle with The car owner is connected to provide corresponding services for the car owner.
  • the user can input the ID card number in the identity information of the vehicle owner provided when purchasing the vehicle in the edit item of the ID card.
  • the user may input the mobile phone number in the vehicle owner identity information provided when purchasing the vehicle in the mobile phone number editing item.
  • the user can click the option to obtain a verification code, and the mobile phone responds to the user's operation behavior and sends a verification request message to the car enterprise server, wherein the verification code request message includes phone number.
  • the car enterprise server can send a verification code to the mobile phone corresponding to the mobile phone number in the verification request information.
  • the user can enter the verification code in the verification code edit item.
  • the mobile phone may communicate with the server of the car company through a cellular network, or communicate with the server of the car company through a wireless network, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the user can click the application option 506, and the mobile phone generates digital car key application information in response to the user's operation behavior, and Send digital car key application information to the car enterprise server.
  • the digital car key application information may include: vehicle VIN code, ID card number, mobile phone number and verification code.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary digital car key application process.
  • the mobile phone may include a mobile phone car key management module and a mobile phone security unit.
  • the mobile phone car key management module includes the above-mentioned vehicle management application program and digital car key service.
  • the security unit of the mobile phone may include the above-mentioned eSE and the software program of the eSE.
  • the mobile phone car key management module sends digital car key application information to the car enterprise server.
  • the mobile phone car key management module After the mobile phone car key management module generates the digital car key application information, it can send the digital car key application information to the car enterprise server through the mobile communication module or wireless communication module of the mobile phone.
  • the car enterprise server performs identity verification based on the received digital car key application information.
  • the vehicle VIN code of each vehicle is stored in the vehicle enterprise server.
  • the service personnel can enter the VIN code of the vehicle purchased by the user and the identity information of the owner provided by the user in the client, and perform the binding operation.
  • the client sends the vehicle VIN code and the owner's identity information to the car enterprise server, and the server binds the pre-stored vehicle VIN code with the received corresponding owner's identity information.
  • the car enterprise server can perform identity verification by comparing the digital car key application information with the pre-stored vehicle VIN code and the vehicle owner's identity information bound to the vehicle VIN code .
  • the car enterprise server can search for a matching target vehicle VIN code from multiple stored vehicle VIN codes based on the vehicle VIN code in the digital car key application information. Then compare the ID number in the digital car key application information with the ID number in the owner's identity information bound to the VIN code of the target vehicle; and compare the mobile phone number in the digital car key application information with the VIN code of the target vehicle. Compare the mobile phone number in the specified car owner's identity information.
  • the car enterprise server can compare the verification code sent to the mobile phone with the verification code in the digital car key application information. If the verification code sent by the car enterprise server to the mobile phone is the same as the verification code in the digital car key application information, it is determined that the identity verification is successful.
  • the ID number in the digital car key application information is different from the ID number in the owner's identity information bound to the VIN code of the target vehicle, or the mobile phone number in the digital car key application information is different from the ID number bound to the VIN code of the target vehicle If the mobile phone number in the car owner's identity information is different, or the verification code sent by the car enterprise server to the mobile phone is different from the verification code in the digital car key application information, it is determined that the identity verification has failed.
  • digital car key data can be generated.
  • the car enterprise server can generate digital car key data according to the identity information of the car owner.
  • the car enterprise server can generate digital car key data according to the vehicle VIN code.
  • the car enterprise server can generate digital car key data according to the identity information of the car owner and the vehicle VIN code.
  • the method of generating the digital car key data by the car enterprise server can be set as required, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the car enterprise server sends the digital car key data to the mobile phone security unit and the vehicle car key security unit.
  • S604 may include S604a and S604b:
  • the car enterprise server sends the digital car key data to the mobile phone security unit.
  • the mobile phone security unit can receive the digital car key data sent by the car enterprise server through the mobile communication module or the wireless communication module.
  • the car enterprise server sends the digital car key data to the car key security unit.
  • the on-board car key security unit can receive the digital car key data sent by the car enterprise server through the T-Box module.
  • this embodiment of the present application does not limit the execution order of S604a and S604b.
  • S604a may be performed first, and then S604b is performed.
  • S604b may be executed first, and then S604a is executed.
  • S604a and S604b may be executed simultaneously.
  • the car enterprise server can generate digital car key data according to the stored vehicle VIN code in advance, and store the digital car key data. Furthermore, after S602, S604 may be directly executed instead of S603.
  • the car enterprise server can send the digital car key to the client. Then, when the vehicle leaves the factory, the vehicle and the client can be connected through a data cable such as USB (Universal Serial Bus, Universal Serial Bus), and the digital car key data in the client can be sent to the car key security unit.
  • S604 may only include S604a.
  • S604 may only include S604a.
  • the mobile phone security unit can send the application result to the mobile phone car key management module.
  • the application result may include a successful application result and a failed application result.
  • the successful application result is used to indicate that the mobile phone has successfully applied for the digital car key of the vehicle
  • the failed application result is used to indicate that the mobile phone has failed to apply for the digital car key of the vehicle.
  • the mobile phone car key management module receives the application result, it can display the application result in the application interface 503 of the vehicle management application, such as displaying "car key application is successful", or displaying "car key application failed, please try again” to inform the user Whether the car key application is successful.
  • unlocking may be triggered by a user.
  • the user can click on the unlock option 507 to unlock.
  • Fig. 7a is an exemplary schematic diagram of binding. Referring to Fig. 7a, for example, after the user clicks on the mobile phone unlock option 507, the mobile phone can interact with the vehicle in response to the user's operation, so as to realize unlocking with the Bluetooth car key.
  • Fig. 7b is a schematic diagram of an exemplary unlocking process.
  • the mobile phone further includes a Bluetooth module A0
  • the Bluetooth module A0 may include Bluetooth hardware (such as a Bluetooth chip) and a Bluetooth software program.
  • the mobile phone car key management module receives a user operation.
  • the mobile phone car key management module may receive user operations.
  • the mobile phone car key management module sends BLE connection instruction information to the Bluetooth module A0.
  • the mobile phone car key management module may send BLE connection indication information to the Bluetooth module A0 in response to the received user operation, wherein the BLE connection indication information is used to indicate the BLE connection.
  • the BLE connection indication information can be used to turn on the Bluetooth of the mobile phone, and then the Bluetooth of the mobile phone can be scanned.
  • the BLE connection indication information may be used to instruct the Bluetooth module A0 to scan.
  • the mobile phone car key management module can generate a Bluetooth activation prompt message, and display the Bluetooth activation prompt information in the application interface of the vehicle management application.
  • the bluetooth activation prompt message is used to prompt the user to enable the mobile phone bluetooth.
  • the user can perform the operation of turning on the Bluetooth, and the mobile phone responds to the user's operation behavior to turn on the Bluetooth of the mobile phone, and then the Bluetooth of the mobile phone can be scanned.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 establishes a BLE connection with the Bluetooth module A1.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 can receive the Bluetooth signal sent by the Bluetooth module A1, and the Bluetooth module A1 can also receive the Bluetooth signal sent by the Bluetooth module A0 .
  • the first preset distance is the maximum distance for the Bluetooth module A0 to receive the Bluetooth signal transmitted by the Bluetooth module A1.
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary Bluetooth connection. Referring to Figure 8, the process of establishing a BLE connection between Bluetooth module A0 and Bluetooth module A1 can be as follows:
  • the Bluetooth module A1 in the vehicle sends a BLE broadcast message.
  • the Bluetooth module A1 of the vehicle may broadcast and send a BLE broadcast message.
  • the Bluetooth module A1 may broadcast at a broadcast interval t, and t may be set to 1s as required.
  • the Bluetooth module A1 can send the same BLE broadcast message on multiple Bluetooth channels, for example, send the BLE broadcast message on three Bluetooth channels 37 , 38 and 39 at the same time.
  • the BLE broadcast message includes, but is not limited to: the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A1, the Bluetooth name of the Bluetooth module A1, and the like.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 in the mobile phone receives a user operation selected by the Bluetooth device.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 can scan on multiple Bluetooth channels, and when the Bluetooth channel scanned by the Bluetooth module A0 is the same as the Bluetooth channel broadcast by the Bluetooth module A1, the Bluetooth module A0 can receive the BLE broadcast message sent by the Bluetooth module A1 .
  • the Bluetooth module A0 in the user's mobile phone can not only receive the BLE broadcast message sent by the Bluetooth module A1 in the user's vehicle, but also receive the Bluetooth module A0 in other vehicles.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 can extract the Bluetooth name of the Bluetooth module A1 in each vehicle from the received BLE broadcast messages sent by the Bluetooth module A1 in each vehicle, and then display them in the search list on the Bluetooth connection interface The Bluetooth name of the Bluetooth module A1 in each vehicle.
  • the vehicle management application can obtain the vehicle VIN code, and then display the vehicle VIN code on the application interface. Since the Bluetooth name of the Bluetooth module A1 contains a part of the vehicle VIN code (such as the last few digits of the vehicle VIN code), the user can obtain the vehicle VIN code from the application interface of the vehicle management application, and then search the list in the Bluetooth connection interface. , search and click on the Bluetooth name that contains a part of the vehicle VIN code obtained from the application interface of the vehicle management application, and then realize the connection between the Bluetooth module A1 of the user's vehicle and the Bluetooth module A0.
  • the Bluetooth name of the Bluetooth module A1 contains a part of the vehicle VIN code (such as the last few digits of the vehicle VIN code)
  • search and click on the Bluetooth name that contains a part of the vehicle VIN code obtained from the application interface of the vehicle management application and then realize the connection between the Bluetooth module A1 of the user's vehicle and the Bluetooth module A0.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 may receive a user operation of selecting a Bluetooth device.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 can extract the Bluetooth name of the Bluetooth module A1 in each vehicle from the received BLE broadcast messages sent by the Bluetooth module A1 in each vehicle, and then can use the Bluetooth name of the Bluetooth module A1 in each vehicle.
  • the Bluetooth name is sent to the mobile phone car key management module.
  • the mobile phone car key management module can compare the vehicle VIN code obtained after the user clicks on the application option 506 with the Bluetooth name of the Bluetooth module A1 in each vehicle, and determine the Bluetooth name that includes a part of the vehicle VIN code; then The Bluetooth name including a part of the VIN code of the vehicle can be sent to the Bluetooth module A0, and then the Bluetooth module A0 can select the Bluetooth module A1 of the user's vehicle to connect to.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 in the mobile phone establishes a connection with the Bluetooth module A1 in the vehicle.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 may establish a connection with the Bluetooth module A1 of the vehicle based on the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A1 in response to the received user operation selected by the Bluetooth device.
  • the process of establishing a connection between the Bluetooth module A0 and the Bluetooth module A1 of the vehicle includes multiple signaling interactions, for details, reference may be made to the existing BLE protocol, which will not be repeated here.
  • the Bluetooth of the car key can automatically connect back to the Bluetooth of the mobile phone (that is, the Bluetooth module A0 and the Bluetooth module A1 can automatically establish a BLE connection). Select the Bluetooth device in the connection interface.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 sends the BLE connection result to the mobile phone car key management module.
  • the BLE connection result may include a BLE connection success result or a BLE connection failure result.
  • the BLE connection success result is used to indicate that the Bluetooth module A0 and the Bluetooth module A1 have successfully established a BLE connection.
  • the BLE connection failure result is used to indicate that the Bluetooth module A0 fails to establish a BLE connection with the Bluetooth module A1.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 can send the BLE connection result to the mobile phone car key management module, and the mobile phone car key management module determines whether to start the digital key verification according to the BLE connection result.
  • the mobile phone car key management module sends digital key verification instruction information to the mobile phone security unit.
  • the mobile phone car key management module After the mobile phone car key management module receives the BLE connection result, if it determines that the BLE connection result is a successful BLE connection result, it can start the digital key verification, that is, send the digital key verification instruction information to the mobile phone security unit.
  • the digital key verification instruction information is used to instruct the security unit of the mobile phone to perform digital key verification.
  • the mobile phone car key management module may not start the digital key verification if it determines that the BLE connection result is a BLE connection failure result.
  • the mobile phone car key management module can display the BLE connection failure result on the application interface of the vehicle management application to prompt the user that the mobile phone Bluetooth and the car key Bluetooth connection failed, so that the user can perform corresponding processing such as reconnecting the mobile phone Bluetooth and the car key Bluetooth .
  • the mobile phone car key management module can also display the successful BLE connection result on the application interface of the vehicle management application to inform the user that the Bluetooth of the mobile phone and the Bluetooth of the car key are successfully connected.
  • the embodiment does not limit this.
  • the mobile phone security unit sends the digital car key data to the Bluetooth module A0.
  • the mobile phone security unit can send the digital car key data requested from the car enterprise server to the Bluetooth module A0.
  • the security unit of the mobile phone can encrypt the digital car key data according to a preset encryption algorithm, and then send the ciphertext of the digital car key data to the Bluetooth module A0.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 sends the digital car key data to the Bluetooth module A1.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 can send the ciphertext of the digital car key data to the Bluetooth module A1 through the BLE connection.
  • the bluetooth module A1 sends digital car key data to the car bluetooth key management module.
  • the Bluetooth module A1 may send the ciphertext of the digital car key data to the vehicle Bluetooth key management module.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module sends digital vehicle key data to the vehicle-mounted vehicle key security unit.
  • the on-board Bluetooth key management module can send the ciphertext of the digital car key data to the on-board car key security unit.
  • the on-board car key security unit performs digital car key verification based on the digital car key data.
  • the on-board car key security unit can decrypt the ciphertext of the digital car key data according to the decryption algorithm corresponding to the preset encryption algorithm to obtain the digital car key data. Then the decrypted digital car key data can be compared with the digital car key data obtained from the car enterprise server, and according to the comparison result between the decrypted digital car key data and the digital car key data obtained from the car enterprise server, a Validation results.
  • the decrypted digital car key data matches the digital car key data sent by the car enterprise server, it can be determined that the verification of the digital car key is successful, and a successful verification result can be generated at this time. If the decrypted digital car key data does not match the digital car key data sent by the car enterprise server, it can be determined that the verification of the digital car key has failed, and a verification failure result can be generated at this time.
  • the verification result may include a verification success result or a verification failure result.
  • the vehicle-mounted vehicle key security unit sends a verification result to the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module.
  • the vehicle-mounted car key security unit after the vehicle-mounted car key security unit generates the verification result, it can send the verification result to the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module.
  • vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module determines that the verification result is a successful verification result, it sends unlock instruction information to the BCM module.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module may send unlock indication information to the BCM module, where the unlock indication information is used to indicate unlocking.
  • the BCM module receives the unlock instruction information, it can unlock the door lock.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module may send the verification result to the Bluetooth module A1 when it determines that the verification result is a verification failure result. Then the Bluetooth module A1 can send the verification result to the Bluetooth module A0 through the BLE connection, and the Bluetooth module A0 sends the verification result to the mobile phone car key management module.
  • the mobile phone car key management module can display the verification result on the application interface of the vehicle management application, so as to inform the user that the car key verification fails.
  • the user learns that the verification of the car key fails he can click the unlock option 507 in FIG. 5b(2) again to unlock the car key using the Bluetooth.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module can also send the verification result to the Bluetooth module A1, and then the Bluetooth module A1 can send the verification result to the Bluetooth module A0 through the BLE connection, and the Bluetooth module A0 then sends the verification result to the Bluetooth module A1.
  • the mobile phone car key management module sends the verification result.
  • the mobile phone car key management module can display the verification result on the application interface of the vehicle management application to inform the user that the car key verification is successful.
  • it can be non-inductive unlocking, that is, the user does not need to click the unlocking option 507 in Figure 5b(2), but automatically unlocks according to the distance between the mobile phone and the vehicle, so as to reduce the user's unlocking operations and improve user experience.
  • the unlocking can be triggered automatically, and the second set distance can be set according to requirements, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the second preset distance is less than or equal to the first preset distance.
  • the mobile phone's Bluetooth can also respond to the operation of clicking the application option 506 in Figure 5b(1), and start the mobile phone's Bluetooth. If the Bluetooth of the mobile phone is turned on, the mobile phone can also instruct the Bluetooth module A0 to scan in response to the operation of clicking the application option 506 in FIG. 5b(1). If the Bluetooth of the mobile phone is turned off, the mobile phone can also respond to the operation of clicking the application option 506 in FIG. 5b(1) to display a Bluetooth connection interface, and the user selects a Bluetooth device connected to the mobile phone.
  • the mobile phone may also display a connect Bluetooth button on the application interface of the vehicle management application in response to the operation of clicking the application option 506 in FIG. 5b(1).
  • the user clicks the connect bluetooth button and if the mobile phone bluetooth is turned off, the mobile phone can respond to the user's operation of clicking the connect bluetooth button to start the mobile phone bluetooth. If the bluetooth of the mobile phone is turned on, the mobile phone may instruct the bluetooth module A0 to scan in response to the user's operation of clicking the connect bluetooth button. If the bluetooth of the mobile phone is turned off, the mobile phone may respond to the user's operation of clicking the connect bluetooth button to display a bluetooth connection interface, and the user selects a bluetooth device connected to the mobile phone.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 can search for the Bluetooth signal transmitted by the Bluetooth module A1.
  • the mobile phone The Bluetooth name of the Bluetooth module A1 can be displayed in the search list of the Bluetooth connection interface.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 and the Bluetooth module A1 can establish a BLE connection, which can refer to the process of establishing a BLE connection described above, and will not be repeated here.
  • the Bluetooth module A1 may send broadcast instruction information to the Bluetooth module A0 through the BLE connection, and the broadcast instruction information is used to instruct the Bluetooth module A0 to send a broadcast message. After receiving the broadcast instruction information, the Bluetooth module A0 can send a broadcast message.
  • the bluetooth key module (slave module n) can receive the broadcast message of the bluetooth module A0.
  • the bluetooth key module (master module) and each bluetooth key module (slave module) can measure the bluetooth signal strength of the bluetooth module A0 respectively received while receiving the broadcast message of the bluetooth module A0.
  • the bluetooth key module (slave module) can send the received bluetooth signal strength of the bluetooth module A0 to the bluetooth key module (master module).
  • the bluetooth key module (master module) can determine the distance between the mobile phone and each bluetooth key module (slave module) according to the bluetooth signal strength of the bluetooth module A0 measured by each bluetooth key module (slave module). And the bluetooth key module (main module) can determine the distance between the mobile phone and the bluetooth key module (main module) according to the bluetooth signal strength measured by itself. Then the bluetooth key module (main module) calculates the distance between the mobile phone and the vehicle according to the three-point positioning algorithm, the distance between the mobile phone and the bluetooth key module (main module), and the distance between the mobile phone and each bluetooth key module (slave module).
  • the Bluetooth module A1 may send digital key verification instruction information to the Bluetooth module A0 through the BLE connection. After the bluetooth module A0 receives the digital key verification instruction information, it can send the digital key verification instruction information to the security unit of the mobile phone, and then execute the above S706-S712, which will not be repeated here. In this way, it can be ensured that when the user is close to the vehicle, the car lock can be unlocked to improve safety.
  • the Bluetooth module A1 can automatically connect back to the Bluetooth module A0, and then when it is determined that the distance between the mobile phone and the vehicle is less than or equal to the first set distance When the second preset distance is reached, the door lock of the vehicle can be unlocked.
  • the Bluetooth module A1 can calculate the distance between the mobile phone and the vehicle in the manner described above, and send the distance between the mobile phone and the vehicle to the vehicle Bluetooth Key management module.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module determines that the verification result is a successful verification result, and determines that the distance between the mobile phone and the vehicle is less than or equal to the second preset distance, it sends unlock instruction information to the BCM module. In this way, it can also be ensured that when the user is close to the vehicle, the car lock can be unlocked, which improves safety.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 and the Bluetooth module A1 may also establish a classic Bluetooth connection, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention. Among them, compared with establishing a classic Bluetooth connection, the Bluetooth module A0 establishes a BLE connection with the Bluetooth module A1, and the power consumption of the mobile phone and the vehicle is lower.
  • Fig. 9a is an exemplary schematic diagram of binding. Referring to Fig. 9a, in one possible manner, after S703, if the vehicle Bluetooth key management module determines that the verification result is a successful verification result, it can bind the Bluetooth of the mobile phone and the Bluetooth of the vehicle entertainment system.
  • Fig. 9b is a schematic diagram of an exemplary Bluetooth connection.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module obtains the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2.
  • this embodiment of the present application does not limit the execution order of S901 and any step in FIG. 6 and FIG. Execute before or after any step in S712.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module can acquire the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2 when the vehicle leaves the factory.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module can obtain the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2 when the vehicle is powered on any time after the vehicle leaves the factory.
  • the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2 is different from the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A1.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2 to the Bluetooth module A1.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module may send the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2 to the Bluetooth module A1.
  • the Bluetooth module A1 sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2 to the Bluetooth module A0 through the BLE connection.
  • the Bluetooth module A1 may send the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2 to the Bluetooth module A0 through a BLE connection.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 to the Bluetooth module A1 through the BLE connection.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 after the Bluetooth module A0 receives the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2, it can store the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2 on the one hand, and on the other hand, can send the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 to the Bluetooth module A1 through the BLE connection.
  • the Bluetooth module A1 sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 to the vehicle Bluetooth key management module.
  • the Bluetooth module A1 may send the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 to the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module.
  • S902-S905 may be executed after Bluetooth module A0 and Bluetooth module A1 establish BLE (that is, after S703), wherein any step in S902-S905 may be performed before or after any step in S704-S712 implement.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 to the Bluetooth module A2.
  • the Bluetooth module A2 is powered by the vehicle's power supply system, if the vehicle is not powered on, even if the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 to the Bluetooth module A2, the Bluetooth module A2 cannot receive it. to the bluetooth address of the bluetooth module A0. Therefore, it is possible to wait for the vehicle to be powered on.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module can be triggered to send the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 to the Bluetooth module A2, and then the Bluetooth module A2 can receive the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0.
  • Bluetooth module A0 and Bluetooth module A2 establish a classic Bluetooth connection.
  • the Bluetooth module A2 can store the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 on the one hand, and can establish a classic Bluetooth connection with the Bluetooth module A0 on the other hand.
  • Fig. 10 is a schematic diagram of a bluetooth connection process exemplarily shown.
  • the bluetooth module A0 after the bluetooth module A0 sends the bluetooth address of the bluetooth module A0, it can enter the discovery stage, that is, monitor to find nearby devices with the bluetooth function enabled.
  • the Bluetooth module A2 can periodically broadcast Bluetooth on a designated Bluetooth channel.
  • the designated bluetooth channel may be bluetooth channel 37 , bluetooth channel 38 and bluetooth channel 39 .
  • the Bluetooth broadcast message sent by the Bluetooth module A2 includes, but is not limited to, the Bluetooth address and identification information of the Bluetooth module A2.
  • the identification information may be the Bluetooth name of the Bluetooth module A2, which is not limited in this application. That is to say, in the discovery phase, the Bluetooth module A0 can obtain information such as the Bluetooth address and identification information of the Bluetooth module A2.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 may send a response message to the Bluetooth module A2, or may not reply, which is not limited in this application.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 may also periodically broadcast the Bluetooth, and the Bluetooth module A2 may monitor, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 can receive the Bluetooth broadcast message of the Bluetooth module A2; then the Bluetooth module A0 can initiate a search to the Bluetooth module A2 according to the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2 stored. call. In this way, the user does not need to select the Bluetooth device to be connected in the Bluetooth connection interface of the mobile phone, which simplifies the user operation. After the Bluetooth module A2 responds to the paging, a link connection can be established between the Bluetooth module A0 and the Bluetooth module A2.
  • the Bluetooth module A2 can receive the Bluetooth broadcast message of the Bluetooth module A0; then the Bluetooth module A2 can initiate a search to the Bluetooth module A0 according to the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 stored. call. In this way, the user does not need to select the Bluetooth device to be connected in the Bluetooth connection interface of the vehicle display screen, which simplifies the user operation. After the Bluetooth module A0 responds to the paging, a link connection can be established between the Bluetooth module A0 and the Bluetooth module A2.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 and the Bluetooth module A2 may enter a pairing authentication phase.
  • the Bluetooth module A2 and the Bluetooth module A0 can perform steps such as pairing feature exchange, key generation, and authentication through multiple signaling interactions.
  • steps such as pairing feature exchange, key generation, and authentication through multiple signaling interactions.
  • the Bluetooth module A2 may send first authentication information to the Bluetooth A0 module, and the first authentication information may include the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 may send second authentication information to the Bluetooth module A2, and the second authentication information may include the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 can compare the Bluetooth address in the first authentication information with the stored Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2. If the Bluetooth address in the first authentication information matches the stored Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2, there is no need to pop up a pairing prompt box on the Bluetooth connection interface of the mobile phone, but directly generate the first user pairing confirmation message.
  • the first user pairing confirmation information is used to indicate that the user of the mobile phone accepts the pairing of the Bluetooth module A2 in the vehicle with the Bluetooth module A0 of the mobile phone.
  • the Bluetooth module A2 can compare the Bluetooth address in the second authentication information with the stored Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0. If the Bluetooth address in the second authentication information matches the stored Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0, there is no need to pop up a pairing prompt box on the Bluetooth connection interface of the vehicle display, and directly generate the second user pairing confirmation message.
  • the second user pairing confirmation information is used to indicate that the user of the vehicle accepts the pairing of the Bluetooth module A0 in the mobile phone with the Bluetooth module A2 in the vehicle.
  • the first authentication information may further include authentication information related to the Bluetooth module A2 and the second authentication information may further include signing information related to the Bluetooth module A0.
  • the authentication information may include various types such as random numbers, which may be determined according to the authentication method. For details, reference may be made to relevant content in the existing Bluetooth protocol, which will not be repeated here.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 can compare the Bluetooth address in the first authentication information with the stored Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2 after the authorization of the authorization information in the first authentication information is passed. address. If the Bluetooth address in the first authentication information matches the stored Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2, there is no need to pop up a pairing prompt box on the Bluetooth connection interface of the mobile phone, but directly generate the first user pairing confirmation message.
  • the first user pairing confirmation information is used to indicate that the user of the mobile phone accepts the pairing of the Bluetooth module A2 in the vehicle with the Bluetooth module A0 of the mobile phone.
  • the Bluetooth module A2 may compare the Bluetooth address in the second authentication information with the stored Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 after the authorization of the authorization information in the second authentication information is approved. If the Bluetooth address in the second authentication information matches the stored Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0, there is no need to pop up a pairing prompt box on the Bluetooth connection interface of the vehicle display, and directly generate the second user pairing confirmation message.
  • the second user pairing confirmation information is used to indicate that the user of the vehicle accepts the pairing of the Bluetooth module A0 in the mobile phone with the Bluetooth module A2 in the vehicle.
  • the binding (Bonding) of the Bluetooth module A0 and the Bluetooth module A2 can be performed, that is, a long-term key (LTK, long-term Key) is generated during the pairing authentication process.
  • LTK long-term key
  • Flash flash memory
  • an application layer link can be established.
  • the application layer connection may include an A2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution Profile, Bluetooth audio transmission model agreement) connection, and then the audio data in the mobile phone may be played through the audio module in the vehicle.
  • A2DP Advanced Audio Distribution Profile, Bluetooth audio transmission model agreement
  • the application layer connection can include HFP (Hands-free Profile, phone hands-free protocol) connection, and the subsequent user can answer the mobile phone call, hang up the mobile phone call, reject the mobile phone call, control the phone for voice dialing, etc.
  • HFP Heands-free Profile, phone hands-free protocol
  • Fig. 11 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary application scenario.
  • the cockpit of the vehicle in FIG. 11 includes a display screen (such as a central control panel) 1102 and a steering wheel 1103 of the vehicle. It should be understood that the vehicle cockpit has more components than those shown in FIG. 11 , which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the display interface of the display screen 1102 may include one or more controls, including but not limited to: application icons (for example, application icons of a calendar application, application icons of a music application, application icons of a navigation application, etc.), network
  • application icons for example, application icons of a calendar application, application icons of a music application, application icons of a navigation application, etc.
  • network The identification, the battery identification, etc., are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the vehicle door is unlocked, the user opens the vehicle door, and enters the cockpit of the vehicle with the mobile phone.
  • S906-S907 can be executed, and then a Bluetooth connection can be established between the mobile phone 1101 and the vehicle entertainment system.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 can send the incoming call information to the Bluetooth module A2, and the Bluetooth module A2 then sends the incoming call information to the vehicle entertainment system, and the vehicle entertainment system based on the incoming call
  • the information displays an incoming call interface on the display screen 1102 .
  • the incoming call interface may include one or more controls, including but not limited to: reject option, accept option, and incoming call information. The user can reject the incoming call on the mobile phone by clicking the reject option on the vehicle display screen, or answer the incoming call on the mobile phone by clicking the accept option on the vehicle display screen.
  • the embodiment of the present application can automatically establish the connection between the Bluetooth of the mobile phone and the Bluetooth of the vehicle entertainment system without manual operation by the user, which improves the user experience.
  • only the Bluetooth module A0 stores the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2, and the connection between the Bluetooth of the mobile phone and the Bluetooth of the vehicle entertainment system can also be established.
  • Fig. 12 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary Bluetooth connection.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module obtains the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2 to the Bluetooth module A1.
  • the Bluetooth module A1 sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2 to the Bluetooth module A0 through the BLE connection.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 and the Bluetooth module A2 establish a classic Bluetooth connection.
  • the Bluetooth module A2 performs the Bluetooth broadcast.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 may perform paging to the Bluetooth module A2.
  • the Bluetooth module A2 since the Bluetooth module A2 does not store the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0, after the Bluetooth module A2 receives the second authentication information or passes the signing of the signing authority information in the second authentication information, it can A pairing prompt box will pop up on the Bluetooth connection interface of the vehicle display.
  • the pairing prompt box includes one or more controls, including but not limited to: accept option and reject option. After the user clicks to accept the option, the Bluetooth module A2 may generate pairing confirmation information for the second user in response to the user's operation behavior.
  • a countdown may be used. If no user operation on the pairing prompt box is received within the countdown, then when the default option is to accept the option, a second user pairing confirmation message may be generated. If the default option is the reject option, the second user rejects pairing information may be generated, and at this time, the Bluetooth module A2 determines that the authentication fails.
  • the countdown duration can be set according to requirements, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application only requires the user to manually perform pairing Confirm the operation without performing other operations, that is, the Bluetooth of the mobile phone and the Bluetooth of the car entertainment system can be bound, which simplifies the user's Bluetooth connection operation and can also improve the user experience. And only one party needs to hold the Bluetooth address of the other party, without exchanging Bluetooth addresses, which can improve the efficiency of binding the Bluetooth of the mobile phone and the Bluetooth of the car entertainment system.
  • only the Bluetooth module A2 stores the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0, and the connection between the Bluetooth of the mobile phone and the Bluetooth of the vehicle entertainment system can also be established.
  • Fig. 13 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary Bluetooth connection.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 to the Bluetooth module A1 through the BLE connection.
  • the Bluetooth module A1 sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 to the vehicle Bluetooth key management module.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 to the Bluetooth module A2.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 and the Bluetooth module A2 establish a classic Bluetooth connection.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 performs the Bluetooth broadcast.
  • the Bluetooth module A2 may perform paging to the Bluetooth module A0.
  • a pairing prompt box pops up on the Bluetooth connection interface of the mobile phone.
  • the pairing prompt box includes one or more controls, including but not limited to: accept option and reject option. After the user clicks to accept the option, the Bluetooth module A0 may generate first user pairing confirmation information in response to the user's operation behavior.
  • a countdown may be used. If no user operation on the pairing prompt box is received within the countdown period, when the default option is to accept the option, the first user pairing confirmation message may be generated. When the default option is the reject option, the first user reject pairing information may be generated, and at this time, the Bluetooth module A0 determines that the authentication fails.
  • the countdown duration can be set according to requirements, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application only requires the user to manually perform pairing Confirm that the operation is correct without performing other operations, that is, the Bluetooth of the mobile phone and the Bluetooth of the car entertainment system can be bound, which simplifies the user's Bluetooth connection operation and can also improve the user experience. And only one party needs to hold the Bluetooth address of the other party, without exchanging Bluetooth addresses, which can improve the efficiency of binding the Bluetooth of the mobile phone and the Bluetooth of the car entertainment system.
  • both the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2 and the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 can be uploaded to the car enterprise server, and then the car enterprise server sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 to the Bluetooth module A2, and the The enterprise server sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2 to the Bluetooth module A0.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary Bluetooth connection.
  • exemplary the process of binding mobile phone Bluetooth and car entertainment Bluetooth is as follows:
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module obtains the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2 to the car enterprise server.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module can send the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2 to the T-Box module, and the T-Box module sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2 to the car company server.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 to the car enterprise server.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 can send the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 to the car enterprise server through the mobile communication module or the wireless communication module.
  • the car enterprise server sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2 to the Bluetooth module A0.
  • the car enterprise server can send the Bluetooth module A2 to the mobile phone, and then the Bluetooth module A0 can obtain the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2 through the mobile communication module or the wireless communication module.
  • the car enterprise server may execute S1404 after receiving the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2.
  • the car enterprise server may execute S1404 after receiving the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0.
  • the vehicle enterprise server sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 to the vehicle Bluetooth key management module.
  • the car enterprise server after the car enterprise server receives the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0, it can send the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 to the T-Box module of the vehicle, and the T-Box module sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 to the vehicle Bluetooth Key management module.
  • the car enterprise server may execute S1405 after receiving the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0.
  • the car enterprise server may execute S1405 after receiving the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2.
  • this embodiment of the present application does not limit the execution order of any step in S1401-S1405, and any step in Figure 6 and Figure 7b, and any step in S1401-S1405 may be before any step in S601-S604 or after, or before or after any of steps S701-S712.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 to the Bluetooth module A2.
  • the bluetooth address passed in the embodiment of the present application can be executed synchronously with the unlocking process of using the bluetooth car key, or can be executed before using the bluetooth car key to unlock, thereby improving the mobile phone bluetooth.
  • the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2 can be uploaded to the car enterprise server, and the car enterprise server sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2 to the Bluetooth module A0.
  • Fig. 15 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary Bluetooth connection.
  • the process of binding mobile phone Bluetooth and car entertainment Bluetooth is as follows:
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module acquires the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2 to the car enterprise server.
  • the car enterprise server sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2 to the Bluetooth module A0.
  • any step in S1501-S1503 may be before any step in S601-S604 or after, or before or after any of steps S701-S712.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 and the Bluetooth module A2 establish a classic Bluetooth connection.
  • the bluetooth address passed in the embodiment of the present application can be executed synchronously with the unlocking process of using the bluetooth car key, or can be executed before using the bluetooth car key to unlock, thereby improving the mobile phone bluetooth.
  • the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 can be uploaded to the car enterprise server, and the car enterprise server sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 to the Bluetooth module A2 of the vehicle.
  • Fig. 16 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary Bluetooth connection.
  • the process of binding mobile phone Bluetooth and car entertainment Bluetooth is as follows:
  • the Bluetooth module A0 sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 to the car enterprise server.
  • the vehicle enterprise server sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 to the vehicle Bluetooth key management module.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the execution order of any step in S1601-S1602, and any step in FIG. 6 and FIG. or after, or before or after any of steps S701-S712.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 to the Bluetooth module A2.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 and the Bluetooth module A2 establish a classic Bluetooth connection.
  • the bluetooth address passed in the embodiment of the present application can be executed synchronously with the unlocking process of using the bluetooth car key, and can also be executed before using the bluetooth car key to unlock, thereby improving the mobile phone bluetooth.
  • the efficiency of Bluetooth binding with the car entertainment system only one party needs to hold the Bluetooth address of the other party, without exchanging Bluetooth addresses, and can also improve the efficiency of binding the Bluetooth of the mobile phone and the Bluetooth connection of the car entertainment system.
  • the vehicle is equipped with an NFC car key system
  • the Bluetooth of the mobile phone and the Bluetooth of the car entertainment system are automatically bound.
  • a digital car key can be applied for before using the NFC car key to unlock, and reference can be made to FIG. 4 , FIG. 5 a and FIG. 5 b and the corresponding descriptions, which will not be repeated here.
  • Fig. 17 is an exemplary schematic diagram of binding.
  • the user brings the NFC sensing area of the mobile phone close to the NFC sensing area of the vehicle (that is, the NFC unlocking area, such as setting it at the rearview mirror or the door), and then the two can exchange data to realize the use of NFC car key unlock.
  • the NFC sensing area of the mobile phone close to the NFC sensing area of the vehicle (that is, the NFC unlocking area, such as setting it at the rearview mirror or the door)
  • the two can exchange data to realize the use of NFC car key unlock.
  • Fig. 18 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary unlocking process.
  • the mobile phone may further include a mobile phone NFC module.
  • the NFC module of the mobile phone may include NFC hardware and NFC software programs.
  • the NFC module of the mobile phone can establish an NFC connection with the vehicle NFC key module .
  • the NFC connection established by the NFC module of the mobile phone and the NFC key module of the vehicle may be a P2P (Peer to Peer, peer-to-peer) connection.
  • P2P Peer to Peer, peer-to-peer
  • the NFC module of the mobile phone sends the NFC connection result to the car key management module of the mobile phone.
  • the NFC connection result may include an NFC connection success result or an NFC connection failure result.
  • the successful NFC connection result is used to indicate that the NFC connection between the NFC module of the mobile phone and the NFC key module of the vehicle is successfully established.
  • the NFC connection failure result is used to indicate that the NFC connection between the NFC module of the mobile phone and the NFC key module of the vehicle fails to be established.
  • the NFC module of the mobile phone can send the NFC connection result to the mobile phone car key management module, and the mobile phone car key management module determines whether to start the digital key verification according to the NFC connection result.
  • the mobile phone car key management module sends digital key verification instruction information to the mobile phone security unit.
  • the mobile phone car key management module After the mobile phone car key management module receives the NFC connection result, if it determines that the NFC connection result is a successful NFC connection result, it can start the digital key verification, that is, send the digital key verification instruction information to the mobile phone security unit.
  • the digital key verification instruction information is used to instruct the security unit of the mobile phone to perform digital key verification.
  • the mobile phone car key management module can display a connection failure prompt message on the application interface of the vehicle management application to remind the user that the connection between the mobile phone NFC and the car key NFC fails, so that the user can perform corresponding processing such as re-approaching the mobile phone NFC sensing area to the vehicle NFC sensing area.
  • the mobile phone car key management module can also display the successful NFC connection result on the application interface of the vehicle management application to inform the user that the mobile phone NFC and the car key NFC are successfully connected.
  • the embodiment does not limit this.
  • the security unit of the mobile phone sends the digital car key data to the NFC module of the mobile phone.
  • the mobile phone security unit can send the digital car key data requested from the car enterprise server to the mobile phone NFC module.
  • the security unit of the mobile phone can encrypt the digital car key data according to a preset encryption algorithm, and then send the ciphertext of the digital car key data to the NFC module of the mobile phone.
  • the mobile phone NFC module sends digital car key data to the vehicle NFC key module.
  • the NFC module of the mobile phone can send the ciphertext of the digital car key data to the vehicle NFC key module through the NFC connection.
  • the vehicle-mounted NFC key module sends digital vehicle key data to the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module.
  • the vehicle-mounted NFC key module after the vehicle-mounted NFC key module receives the ciphertext of the digital vehicle key data, it can send the ciphertext of the digital vehicle key data to the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module sends digital vehicle key data to the vehicle-mounted vehicle key security unit.
  • the on-board car key security unit performs digital car key verification based on the digital car key data.
  • the on-board car key security unit sends a verification result to the on-board Bluetooth key management module.
  • Fig. 19 is a schematic diagram of Bluetooth binding exemplarily shown.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module can bind the Bluetooth of the mobile phone and the Bluetooth of the vehicle-mounted entertainment system.
  • Fig. 19 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary Bluetooth connection.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module obtains the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2.
  • this embodiment of the present application does not limit the execution order of S1901 and any step in FIG. 6 and FIG. 18 , and S901 may be executed before or after any step in S601-S604 or any step in S1801-S1810.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2 to the vehicle-mounted NFC key module.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module obtains the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2, it can send the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2 to the vehicle-mounted NFC key module through the CAN bus.
  • the vehicle-mounted NFC key module sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2 to the NFC module of the mobile phone through the NFC connection.
  • the vehicle-mounted NFC key module after the vehicle-mounted NFC key module receives the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2, it can generate a radio frequency field. At this time, the NFC module of the mobile phone can turn off the radio frequency field and enter the listening mode. Then the vehicle-mounted NFC key module can transmit the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2 to the mobile phone NFC module according to the selected transmission rate.
  • the NFC module of the mobile phone sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2 to the Bluetooth module A0.
  • the NFC module of the mobile phone may send the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2 to the Bluetooth module A0.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 to the NFC module of the mobile phone.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 may send the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 to the NFC module of the mobile phone.
  • the NFC module of the mobile phone sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 to the vehicle-mounted NFC key module through the NFC connection.
  • the NFC module of the mobile phone can generate a radio frequency field, and at this time, the vehicle-mounted NFC key module can turn off the radio frequency field and enter the listening mode. Then the NFC module of the mobile phone can transmit the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 to the vehicle NFC key module according to the selected transmission rate.
  • the vehicle-mounted NFC key module sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 to the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module.
  • the vehicle-mounted NFC key module after the vehicle-mounted NFC key module receives the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0, it can send the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 to the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module.
  • S1902-S1907 may be executed after the NFC module of the mobile phone establishes NFC with the vehicle-mounted NFC key module, wherein any step in S1902-S1907 may be executed before or after any step in S1802-S1809.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 to the Bluetooth module A2.
  • Bluetooth module A0 and Bluetooth module A2 establish a classic Bluetooth connection.
  • the embodiment of the present application can automatically establish the connection between the Bluetooth of the mobile phone and the Bluetooth of the vehicle entertainment system without manual operation by the user, which improves the user experience.
  • only the Bluetooth module A0 stores the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2, and the connection between the Bluetooth of the mobile phone and the Bluetooth of the vehicle entertainment system can also be established.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary Bluetooth connection.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module obtains the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2 to the vehicle-mounted NFC key module.
  • the vehicle-mounted NFC key module sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2 to the mobile phone NFC module through the NFC connection.
  • the NFC module of the mobile phone sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A2 to the Bluetooth module A0.
  • the Bluetooth module A2 performs the Bluetooth broadcast.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 may perform paging to the Bluetooth module A2.
  • the Bluetooth module A2 since the Bluetooth module A2 does not store the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0, after the Bluetooth module A2 receives the second authentication information or passes the signing of the signing authority information in the second authentication information, it can A pairing prompt box pops up on the Bluetooth connection interface of the vehicle display.
  • the pairing prompt box includes one or more controls, including but not limited to: accept option and reject option. After the user clicks to accept the option, the Bluetooth module A2 may generate second user pairing confirmation information in response to the user's operation behavior.
  • a countdown may be used. If no user operation on the pairing prompt box is received within the countdown, then when the default option is to accept the option, a second user pairing confirmation message may be generated. If the default option is the reject option, the second user rejects pairing information may be generated, and at this time, the Bluetooth module A2 determines that the authentication fails.
  • the countdown duration can be set according to requirements, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application only requires the user to manually perform pairing Confirm that the operation is correct without performing other operations, that is, the Bluetooth of the mobile phone and the Bluetooth of the car entertainment system can be bound, which simplifies the user's Bluetooth connection operation and can also improve the user experience. And only one party needs to hold the Bluetooth address of the other party, without exchanging Bluetooth addresses, which can improve the efficiency of binding the Bluetooth of the mobile phone and the Bluetooth of the car entertainment system.
  • only the Bluetooth module A2 stores the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0, and the connection between the Bluetooth of the mobile phone and the Bluetooth of the vehicle entertainment system can also be established.
  • Fig. 21 is a schematic diagram of an exemplary Bluetooth connection.
  • the Bluetooth module A0 sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 to the NFC module of the mobile phone.
  • the NFC module of the mobile phone sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 to the vehicle-mounted NFC key module through the NFC connection.
  • the vehicle-mounted NFC key module sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 to the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module sends the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module A0 to the Bluetooth module A2.
  • Bluetooth module A0 and Bluetooth module A2 establish a classic Bluetooth connection.
  • the difference between S2105 and S1909 is that, in the discovery phase, the Bluetooth module A0 performs the Bluetooth broadcast.
  • the Bluetooth module A2 may perform paging to the Bluetooth module A0.
  • a pairing prompt box pops up on the Bluetooth connection interface of the mobile phone.
  • the pairing prompt box includes one or more controls, including but not limited to: accept option and reject option. After the user clicks to accept the option, the Bluetooth module A0 may generate first user pairing confirmation information in response to the user's operation behavior.
  • a countdown may be used. If no user operation on the pairing prompt box is received within the countdown period, when the default option is to accept the option, the first user pairing confirmation message may be generated. When the default option is the reject option, the first user reject pairing information may be generated, and at this time, the Bluetooth module A0 determines that the authentication fails.
  • the countdown duration can be set according to requirements, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application only requires the user to manually perform pairing Confirm that the operation is correct without performing other operations, that is, the Bluetooth of the mobile phone and the Bluetooth of the car entertainment system can be bound, which simplifies the user's Bluetooth connection operation and can also improve the user experience. And only one party needs to hold the Bluetooth address of the other party, without exchanging Bluetooth addresses, which can improve the efficiency of binding the Bluetooth of the mobile phone and the Bluetooth of the car entertainment system.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including: a first Bluetooth module, configured to receive a third Bluetooth message sent by the vehicle based on the first Bluetooth connection between the first Bluetooth module and the second Bluetooth module in the vehicle.
  • the bluetooth address of the module, the first bluetooth connection is established in the process of unlocking the bluetooth car key with the electronic device for the first time;
  • the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth module is used for the first Bluetooth module to confirm the pairing with the third Bluetooth module in the process of establishing the second Bluetooth connection for the first time.
  • the first Bluetooth module is also used to receive the first authentication information sent by the third Bluetooth module, the first authentication information includes the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module; and determine the Bluetooth address in the first authentication information, and based on the first authentication information
  • first user pairing confirmation information is generated, wherein the first user pairing confirmation information is used to instruct the user of the electronic device to accept pairing between the third Bluetooth module and the first Bluetooth module.
  • the first bluetooth module is also used to send the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module to the second bluetooth module based on the first bluetooth connection before establishing the second bluetooth connection for the first time, so that the second bluetooth module can pass through the vehicle
  • the vehicle-mounted bluetooth key management module sends the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module to the third bluetooth module; wherein, the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module is used for establishing the second bluetooth connection process for the first time and the third bluetooth module confirms the connection with the first bluetooth module pair.
  • the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module is also used for the first Bluetooth module to initiate paging to the third Bluetooth module during the first establishment of the second Bluetooth connection.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a vehicle, and the vehicle includes a second Bluetooth module, a vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module, and a third Bluetooth module, wherein: the second Bluetooth module is used for The first bluetooth connection of a bluetooth module receives the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module sent by the first bluetooth module.
  • the Bluetooth address is sent to the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module; the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module is used to send the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module to the third Bluetooth module; the third Bluetooth module is used to based on the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module, Establishing a second Bluetooth connection with the first Bluetooth module for the first time, wherein the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module is used for the third Bluetooth module to confirm pairing with the first Bluetooth module during the first establishment of the second Bluetooth connection.
  • the third Bluetooth module is also used to receive the second authentication information sent by the first Bluetooth module, the second authentication information includes the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module; and determine the Bluetooth address in the second authentication information, and based on the second authentication information When the Bluetooth addresses received by a Bluetooth connection match, second user pairing confirmation information is generated, wherein the second user pairing confirmation information is used to instruct the user of the vehicle to accept the pairing of the first Bluetooth module and the third Bluetooth module.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module is also used to obtain the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module from the third Bluetooth module before establishing the second Bluetooth connection for the first time; and send the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module to the third Bluetooth module.
  • Two bluetooth modules; the second bluetooth module is also used to send the bluetooth address of the third bluetooth module to the first bluetooth module based on the first bluetooth connection, wherein the bluetooth address of the third bluetooth module is used to establish the second bluetooth connection process for the first time
  • the first bluetooth module determines the pairing with the third bluetooth module.
  • the second Bluetooth module is a Bluetooth module corresponding to the Bluetooth key module in the vehicle;
  • the third Bluetooth module is a Bluetooth module corresponding to the vehicle entertainment system in the vehicle.
  • the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module is also used for the third Bluetooth module to initiate paging to the first Bluetooth module during the first establishment of the second Bluetooth connection.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including: a first Bluetooth module, configured to receive the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module in the vehicle from the server, and the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module is sent by the vehicle to the server; And based on the bluetooth address of the third bluetooth module, establish a second bluetooth connection with the third bluetooth module for the first time, wherein, the bluetooth address of the third bluetooth module is used for the first bluetooth module to confirm with the third bluetooth connection pairing of modules.
  • the first Bluetooth module is also used to receive the first authentication information sent by the third Bluetooth module, the first authentication information includes the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module; the first Bluetooth module determines the Bluetooth address in the first authentication information, When matching with the Bluetooth address received based on the first Bluetooth connection, first user pairing confirmation information is generated, wherein the first user pairing confirmation information is used to instruct the user of the electronic device to accept pairing between the third Bluetooth module and the first Bluetooth module.
  • the first Bluetooth module is also used to send the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module to the server, so that the server sends the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module to the third Bluetooth module through the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module, wherein, the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module is used for the third Bluetooth module to confirm pairing with the first Bluetooth module during the first establishment of the second Bluetooth connection.
  • the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module is also used for the first Bluetooth module to initiate paging to the third Bluetooth module during the first establishment of the second Bluetooth connection.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a vehicle, the vehicle includes a vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module and a third Bluetooth module, wherein: the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module is configured to receive the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module in the electronic device from the server, The Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module is sent by the first Bluetooth module to the server; and the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module is sent to the third Bluetooth module of the vehicle; the third Bluetooth module is used for Bluetooth based on the first Bluetooth module The address is to establish the second Bluetooth connection with the first Bluetooth module for the first time, wherein the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module is used for the third Bluetooth module to confirm the pairing with the first Bluetooth module in the process of establishing the second Bluetooth connection for the first time.
  • the third Bluetooth module is also used to receive the second authentication information sent by the first Bluetooth module, the second authentication information includes the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module; and determine the Bluetooth address in the second authentication information, and based on the second authentication information
  • second user pairing confirmation information is generated, wherein the second user pairing confirmation information is used to instruct the user of the vehicle to accept pairing between the first Bluetooth module and the second Bluetooth module.
  • the vehicle bluetooth key management module is also used to obtain the bluetooth address of the third bluetooth module from the third bluetooth module before establishing the second bluetooth connection for the first time; and send the bluetooth address of the third bluetooth module to the server to The server sends the bluetooth address of the third bluetooth module to the first bluetooth module; wherein, the bluetooth address of the third bluetooth module is used for the first bluetooth module to confirm the pairing with the third bluetooth module during the first establishment of the second bluetooth connection.
  • the second Bluetooth module is a Bluetooth module corresponding to the Bluetooth key module in the vehicle;
  • the third Bluetooth module is a Bluetooth module corresponding to the vehicle entertainment system in the vehicle.
  • the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module is also used for the third Bluetooth module to initiate paging to the first Bluetooth module during the first establishment of the second Bluetooth connection.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including: an NFC module, configured to receive the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module in the vehicle sent by the vehicle based on the NFC connection with the vehicle-mounted NFC key module in the vehicle, and the NFC connection is It is established in the process of using the electronic device for NFC car key unlocking for the first time; and sending the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module to the first Bluetooth module in the electronic device.
  • the first bluetooth module is used to establish a second bluetooth connection with the third bluetooth module for the first time based on the bluetooth address of the third bluetooth module, wherein the bluetooth address of the third bluetooth module is used for the first bluetooth in the process of establishing the second bluetooth connection for the first time
  • the module confirms pairing with the third Bluetooth module.
  • the first Bluetooth module is also used to receive the first authentication information sent by the third Bluetooth module, the first authentication information includes the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module; the first Bluetooth module determines the Bluetooth address in the first authentication information, When matching with the Bluetooth address received based on the NFC connection, first user pairing confirmation information is generated, wherein the first user pairing confirmation information is used to instruct the user of the electronic device to accept pairing between the third Bluetooth module and the first Bluetooth module.
  • the first Bluetooth module is also used to send the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module to the NFC module before establishing the second Bluetooth connection for the first time; the NFC module is also used to send the first Bluetooth address to the vehicle-mounted NFC key module based on the NFC connection.
  • the bluetooth address of a bluetooth module so that the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module is sent to the third bluetooth module by the vehicle-mounted NFC key module by the vehicle-mounted bluetooth key management module in the vehicle;
  • the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module is used for establishing the first
  • the third bluetooth module confirms the pairing with the first bluetooth module. In this way, the third Bluetooth module can obtain the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module, and subsequently, based on the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module, it can automatically pair and connect with the first Bluetooth module.
  • the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module is also used for the first Bluetooth module to initiate paging to the third Bluetooth module during the first establishment of the second Bluetooth connection.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a vehicle, including: a vehicle-mounted NFC key module, a vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module, and a third Bluetooth module, wherein: the vehicle-mounted NFC key module is used for NFC connection based on the NFC module in the electronic device , receiving the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module sent by the first bluetooth module.
  • Key management module The vehicle bluetooth key management module is used to send the bluetooth address of the first bluetooth module to the third bluetooth module in the vehicle; the third bluetooth module is used to establish the first bluetooth module with the first bluetooth module The second Bluetooth connection, wherein the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module is used for the third Bluetooth module to confirm pairing with the first Bluetooth module during the first establishment of the second Bluetooth connection.
  • the third Bluetooth module is also used to receive the second authentication information sent by the first Bluetooth module, the second authentication information includes the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module; the third Bluetooth module determines the Bluetooth address in the second authentication information, When matching with the Bluetooth address received based on the NFC connection, second user pairing confirmation information is generated, wherein the second user pairing confirmation information is used to instruct the user of the vehicle to accept the pairing of the first Bluetooth module and the third Bluetooth module.
  • the vehicle-mounted Bluetooth key management module is also used to obtain the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module from the third Bluetooth module before establishing the second Bluetooth connection for the first time; and send the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module to the vehicle-mounted NFC key module.
  • the vehicle-mounted NFC key module is also used to send the bluetooth address of the third bluetooth module to the NFC module in the electronic device based on the NFC connection, so that the bluetooth address of the third bluetooth module is sent by the NFC module to the first bluetooth module, wherein the third bluetooth The bluetooth address of the module is used for determining the pairing between the first bluetooth module and the third bluetooth module in the process of establishing the second bluetooth connection for the first time.
  • the first Bluetooth module can obtain the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module, and subsequently, based on the Bluetooth address of the third Bluetooth module, it can automatically pair and connect with the third Bluetooth module.
  • the third bluetooth module is a bluetooth module corresponding to the vehicle entertainment system in the vehicle.
  • the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module is also used for the third Bluetooth module to initiate paging to the first Bluetooth module during the first establishment of the second Bluetooth connection.
  • FIG. 22 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 2200 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 2200 may include: a processor 2201 and a transceiver/transceiving pin 2202 , and optionally, a memory 2203 .
  • bus 2204 includes not only a data bus, but also a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus.
  • bus 2204 includes not only a data bus, but also a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus.
  • the various buses are referred to as bus 2204 in the figure.
  • the memory 2203 may be used for the instructions in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the processor 2201 can be used to execute instructions in the memory 2203, and control the receiving pin to receive signals, and control the sending pin to send signals.
  • the apparatus 2200 may be the electronic device or the chip of the electronic device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • This embodiment also provides a computer storage medium, in which computer instructions are stored, and when the computer instructions are run on the electronic device, the electronic device is made to perform the above related method steps to implement the Bluetooth connection method in the above embodiment.
  • This embodiment also provides a computer program product, which, when running on a computer, causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned related steps, so as to realize the Bluetooth connection method in the above-mentioned embodiment.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a device, which may specifically be a chip, a component or a module, and the device may include a connected processor and a memory; wherein the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions, and when the device is running, The processor can execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the chip executes the Bluetooth connection method in the above method embodiments.
  • the electronic device, computer storage medium, computer program product or chip provided in this embodiment is all used to execute the corresponding method provided above, therefore, the beneficial effects it can achieve can refer to the corresponding method provided above The beneficial effects in the method will not be repeated here.
  • the disclosed devices and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components can be combined or It may be integrated into another device, or some features may be omitted, or not implemented.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • a unit described as a separate component may or may not be physically separated, and a component shown as a unit may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, which may be located in one place or distributed to multiple different places. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated units can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional units.
  • an integrated unit is realized in the form of a software function unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the software product is stored in a storage medium Among them, several instructions are included to make a device (which may be a single-chip microcomputer, a chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) execute all or part of the steps of the methods in various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: various media that can store program codes such as U disk, mobile hard disk, read only memory (ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk.
  • the steps of the methods or algorithms described in connection with the disclosure of the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of a processor executing software instructions.
  • the software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and the software modules can be stored in random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), flash memory, read-only memory (Read Only Memory, ROM), erasable programmable read-only memory ( Erasable Programmable ROM, EPROM), Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM), registers, hard disk, removable hard disk, CD-ROM, or any other form of storage medium known in the art.
  • An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor such the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium.
  • the storage medium may also be a component of the processor.
  • the processor and storage medium can be located in the ASIC.
  • the functions described in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by hardware, software, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • the functions may be stored on or transmitted over as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium.
  • Computer-readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another.
  • a storage media may be any available media that can be accessed by a general purpose or special purpose computer.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请实施例提供了一种蓝牙连接方法及电子设备。该方法包括：首先，电子设备中第一蓝牙模块基于与车辆中第二蓝牙模块的第一蓝牙连接，接收车辆发送的车辆中第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，第一蓝牙连接是首次采用电子设备进行蓝牙车钥匙开锁过程中建立的。然后，第一蓝牙模块基于第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，与第三蓝牙模块首次建立第二蓝牙连接，其中，第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第一蓝牙模块确认与第三蓝牙模块的配对。这样，第一蓝牙模块可以基于获取的蓝牙地址，自动确认与第三蓝牙模块配对，从而实现自动与第三蓝牙模块建立首次的蓝牙连接，无需用户在手机中手动操作，简化了用户连接蓝牙的操作，从而提高了用户体验。

Description

蓝牙连接方法及电子设备
本申请要求于2021年08月31日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202111016696.3、申请名称为“蓝牙连接方法及电子设备”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请实施例涉及通信领域，尤其涉及一种蓝牙连接方法及电子设备。
背景技术
通常，在第一次连接手机蓝牙和车载娱乐蓝牙的过程中，手机蓝牙与车载娱乐蓝牙需先进行配对然后才能够建立连接；后续用户每次进入车内后，车载娱乐系统蓝牙可以自动回连移动终端设备，无需手动操作。
目前，现有技术中，在第一次连接手机蓝牙和车载娱乐蓝牙的过程中，手机界面和车辆显示屏均会弹出配对提示框，需要用户在手机界面以及车辆显示屏中点击接受按钮，手机蓝牙与车载娱乐蓝牙才能够配对，操作较为繁琐。
发明内容
为了解决上述技术问题，本申请提供一种蓝牙连接方法及电子设备。在该方法中，自动连接手机蓝牙和车载娱乐系统蓝牙，简化用户操作，提高用户体验。
第一方面，本申请实施例提供一种蓝牙连接方法，应用于电子设备中，该方法包括：首先，电子设备中第一蓝牙模块基于与车辆中第二蓝牙模块的第一蓝牙连接，接收车辆发送的车辆中第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，第一蓝牙连接是首次采用电子设备进行蓝牙车钥匙开锁过程中建立的。然后，第一蓝牙模块基于第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，与第三蓝牙模块首次建立第二蓝牙连接，其中，第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第一蓝牙模块确认与第三蓝牙模块的配对。这样，第一蓝牙模块能够基于首次采用蓝牙车钥匙进行开锁时建立的蓝牙连接，来获取第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；待车辆上电后，第一蓝牙模块可以基于获取的蓝牙地址，自动确认与第三蓝牙模块配对，从而实现自动与第三蓝牙模块建立首次的蓝牙连接，无需用户在手机中手动操作，简化了用户连接电子设备与车辆蓝牙的操作，从而提高了用户体验。
示例性的，第一蓝牙模块可以称为蓝牙模块A0，第二蓝牙模块可以称为蓝牙模块A1，第三蓝牙模块可以称为蓝牙模块A2。
示例性的，第二蓝牙模块为BLE(Bluetooth Low Energy，低功耗蓝牙)模块，第三蓝牙模块为经典蓝牙模块。
示例性的，第一蓝牙连接为BLE连接，第二蓝牙连接为经典蓝牙连接。
示例性的，第二蓝牙连接包括A2DP(Advanced Audio Distribution Profile，蓝牙音频 传输模型协定)连接，和/或，HFP(Hands-free Profile，电话免提协议)连接。
示例性的，电子设备可以包括手机、平板电脑等设备。
根据第一方面，第一蓝牙模块确认与第三蓝牙模块的配对，包括：第一蓝牙模块接收第三蓝牙模块发送的第一认证信息，第一认证信息包括第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；第一蓝牙模块确定第一认证信息中蓝牙地址，与基于第一蓝牙连接接收到的蓝牙地址匹配时，生成第一用户配对确认信息，其中，第一用户配对确认信息用于指示电子设备的用户接受第三蓝牙模块与第一蓝牙模块配对。
根据第一方面，或者以上第一方面的任意一种实现方式，在首次建立第二蓝牙连接之前，该方法还包括：第一蓝牙模块基于第一蓝牙连接，向第二蓝牙模块发送第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，以由第二蓝牙模块通过车辆中车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块，向第三蓝牙模块发送第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；其中，第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第三蓝牙模块确认与第一蓝牙模块的配对。这样，能够使得第三蓝牙模块获取到第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，后续，能够基于第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，自动确认与第一蓝牙模块进行配对，从而实现与第一蓝牙模块进行首次的蓝牙连接。
根据第一方面，或者以上第一方面的任意一种实现方式，第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址还用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第一蓝牙模块向第三蓝牙模块发起寻呼。这样，无需用户在手机的蓝牙连接界面中选择所需连接的蓝牙设备，简化了用户操作。
根据第一方面，或者以上第一方面的任意一种实现方式，第二蓝牙模块为车辆中蓝牙钥匙模块对应的蓝牙模块；第三蓝牙模块为车辆中车载娱乐系统对应的蓝牙模块。
第二方面，本申请实施例提供一种蓝牙连接方法，应用于车辆中，该方法包括：首先，车辆中第二蓝牙模块基于与电子设备中第一蓝牙模块的第一蓝牙连接，接收第一蓝牙模块发送的第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，第一蓝牙连接是首次采用电子设备进行蓝牙车钥匙开锁过程中建立的。然后，第二蓝牙模块将第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，发送至车辆中的车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块；接着，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块将第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，发送至车辆中的第三蓝牙模块；随后，第三蓝牙模块基于第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，与第一蓝牙模块首次建立第二蓝牙连接，其中，第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第三蓝牙模块确认与第一蓝牙模块的配对。这样，第三蓝牙模块能够基于首次采用蓝牙车钥匙进行开锁时建立的蓝牙连接，来获取第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；待车辆上电后，第三蓝牙模块可以基于获取的蓝牙地址，自动确认与第一蓝牙模块配对，从而实现自动与第一蓝牙模块建立首次的蓝牙连接，无需用户在车辆显示屏中手动操作，简化了用户连接电子设备与车辆蓝牙的操作，从而提高了用户体验。
根据第二方面，第三蓝牙模块与第一蓝牙模块进行配对确认，包括：第三蓝牙模块 接收第一蓝牙模块发送的第二认证信息，第二认证信息包括第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；第三蓝牙模块确定第二认证信息中蓝牙地址，与基于第一蓝牙连接接收到的蓝牙地址匹配时，生成第二用户配对确认信息，其中，第二用户配对确认信息用于指示车辆的用户接受第一蓝牙模块与第三蓝牙模块配对。
根据第二方面，或者以上第二方面的任意一种实现方式，首次建立第二蓝牙连接之前，该方法还包括：车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块从第三蓝牙模块，获取第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块将第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，发送至第二蓝牙模块；第二蓝牙模块基于第一蓝牙连接，向第一蓝牙模块发送第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，其中，第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第一蓝牙模块确定与第三蓝牙模块的配对。这样，能够使得第一蓝牙模块获取到第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，后续，能够基于第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，自动确认与第三蓝牙模块进行配对，从而实现与第三蓝牙模块的首次蓝牙连接。
根据第二方面，或者以上第二方面的任意一种实现方式，第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址还用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第三蓝牙模块向第一蓝牙模块发起寻呼。这样，无需用户在车辆显示屏中的蓝牙连接界面中选择所需连接的蓝牙设备，简化了用户操作。
根据第二方面，或者以上第二方面的任意一种实现方式，第二蓝牙模块为车辆中蓝牙钥匙模块对应的蓝牙模块；第三蓝牙模块为车辆中车载娱乐系统对应的蓝牙模块。
第三方面，本申请实施例提供了一种蓝牙连接方法，应用于电子设备中，该方法包括：首先，电子设备的第一蓝牙模块从服务器接收车辆中第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址是车辆向服务器发送的。然后，第一蓝牙模块基于第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，与第三蓝牙模块首次建立第二蓝牙连接，其中，第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第一蓝牙模块确认与第三蓝牙模块的配对。这样，第一蓝牙模块能够基于服务器获取第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；待车辆上电后，第一蓝牙模块可以基于获取的蓝牙地址，自动确认与第三蓝牙模块配对，从而实现自动与第三蓝牙模块建立首次的蓝牙连接，无需用户在手机中手动操作，简化了用户连接电子设备与车辆蓝牙的操作，从而提高了用户体验。此外，由于数字车钥匙数据是基于第一蓝牙连接传输的，而第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址的获取，不依赖于第一蓝牙模块和第二蓝牙模块之间的第一蓝牙连接，因此无需等待数字钥匙验证数据传输之后，再传输第三蓝牙地址，进而待车辆上电后，无需等待，即可立即与第三蓝牙模块进行配对确认，提高了蓝牙连接效率。
根据第三方面，第一蓝牙模块确认与第三蓝牙模块的配对，包括：第一蓝牙模块接收第三蓝牙模块发送的第一认证信息，第一认证信息包括第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；第一蓝牙模块确定第一认证信息中蓝牙地址，与基于第一蓝牙连接接收到的蓝牙地址匹配 时，生成第一用户配对确认信息，其中，第一用户配对确认信息用于指示电子设备的用户接受第三蓝牙模块与第一蓝牙模块配对。
根据第三方面，或者以上第三方面的任意一种实现方式，在首次建立第二蓝牙连接之前，该方法还包括：第一蓝牙模块向服务器发送第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，以由服务器通过车辆的车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块，将第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址发送至第三蓝牙模块，其中，第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第三蓝牙模块确认与第一蓝牙模块的配对。这样，能够使得第三蓝牙模块获取到第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，后续能够基于第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，自动与第一蓝牙模块进行配对确认，从而实现与第一蓝牙模块的首次蓝牙连接。
根据第三方面，或者以上第三方面的任意一种实现方式，第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址还用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第一蓝牙模块向第三蓝牙模块发起寻呼。这样，无需用户在手机的蓝牙连接界面中选择所需连接的蓝牙设备，简化了用户操作。
根据第三方面，或者以上第三方面的任意一种实现方式，第二蓝牙模块为车辆中蓝牙钥匙模块对应的蓝牙模块；第三蓝牙模块为车辆中车载娱乐系统对应的蓝牙模块。
第四方面，本申请实施例提供一种蓝牙连接方法，应用于车辆中，该方法包括：首先，车辆的车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块，从服务器接收电子设备中第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址是第一蓝牙模块向服务器发送的。然后，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块将第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，发送至车辆的第三蓝牙模块；接着，第三蓝牙模块基于第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，与第一蓝牙模块首次建立第二蓝牙连接，其中，第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第三蓝牙模块确认与第一蓝牙模块的配对。这样，第三蓝牙模块能够基于服务器获取第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；待车辆上电后，第三蓝牙模块可以基于获取的蓝牙地址，自动确认与第一蓝牙模块配对，从而实现自动与第一蓝牙模块建立首次的蓝牙连接，无需用户在车辆显示屏中手动操作，简化了用户连接电子设备与车辆蓝牙的操作，从而提高了用户体验。此外，由于数字车钥匙数据是在第一蓝牙连接上传输的，而第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址的获取，不依赖于第一蓝牙模块和第二蓝牙模块之间的第一蓝牙连接，因此无需等待数字钥匙验证数据传输之后，再传输第一蓝牙地址，进而待车辆上电后，无需等待，即可立即与第一蓝牙模块进行配对确认，提高了蓝牙连接效率。
根据第四方面，第三蓝牙模块确认与第一蓝牙模块的配对，包括：第三蓝牙模块接收第一蓝牙模块发送的第二认证信息，第二认证信息包括第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；第三蓝牙模块确定第二认证信息中蓝牙地址，与基于第一蓝牙连接接收到的蓝牙地址匹配时，生成第二用户配对确认信息，其中，第二用户配对确认信息用于指示车辆的用户接受第一蓝牙模块与第二蓝牙模块配对。
根据第四方面，或者以上第四方面的任意一种实现方式，在首次建立第二蓝牙连接之前，该方法还包括：车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块从第三蓝牙模块，获取第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块向服务器，发送第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，以由服务器将第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，发送至第一蓝牙模块；其中，第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第一蓝牙模块确认与第三蓝牙模块的配对。这样，能够使得第三蓝牙模块获取到第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，后续，能够基于第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，自动与第三蓝牙模块进行配对确认，从而实现与第三蓝牙模块的首次蓝牙连接。
根据第四方面，或者以上第四方面的任意一种实现方式，第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址还用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第三蓝牙模块向第一蓝牙模块发起寻呼。这样，无需用户在车辆显示屏中的蓝牙连接界面中选择所需连接的蓝牙设备，简化了用户操作。
根据第四方面，或者以上第四方面的任意一种实现方式，第二蓝牙模块为车辆中蓝牙钥匙模块对应的蓝牙模块；第三蓝牙模块为车辆中车载娱乐系统对应的蓝牙模块。
第五方面，本申请实施例提供一种蓝牙连接方法，应用于电子设备中，该方法包括：首先，电子设备中NFC模块基于与车辆中车载NFC钥匙模块的NFC连接，接收车辆发送的车辆中第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，NFC连接是首次采用电子设备进行NFC车钥匙开锁过程中建立的。然后，NFC模块向电子设备中第一蓝牙模块，发送第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；接着，第一蓝牙模块基于第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，与第三蓝牙模块首次建立第二蓝牙连接，其中，第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第一蓝牙模块确认与第三蓝牙模块的配对。这样，第一蓝牙模块能够基于首次采用NFC车钥匙进行开锁时建立的NFC连接，来获取第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；待车辆上电后，第一蓝牙模块可以基于获取的蓝牙地址，自动确认与第三蓝牙模块配对，从而实现自动与第三蓝牙模块建立首次的蓝牙连接，无需用户在手机中手动操作，简化了用户连接电子设备与车辆蓝牙的操作，从而提高了用户体验。
示例性的，第一蓝牙模块可以称为蓝牙模块A0，第三蓝牙模块可以称为蓝牙模块A2。
示例性的，第三蓝牙模块为经典蓝牙模块。
示例性的，第二蓝牙连接为经典蓝牙连接。
示例性的，第二蓝牙连接包括A2DP(Advanced Audio Distribution Profile，蓝牙音频传输模型协定)连接，和/或，HFP(Hands-free Profile，电话免提协议)连接。
示例性的，电子设备可以包括手机、平板电脑等设备。示例性的，电子设备中NFC模块称为手机NFC模块。
根据第五方面，第一蓝牙模块确认与第三蓝牙模块的配对，包括：第一蓝牙模块接收第三蓝牙模块发送的第一认证信息，第一认证信息包括第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；第 一蓝牙模块确定第一认证信息中蓝牙地址，与基于NFC连接接收到的蓝牙地址匹配时，生成第一用户配对确认信息，其中，第一用户配对确认信息用于指示电子设备的用户接受第三蓝牙模块与第一蓝牙模块配对。
根据第五方面，或者以上第五方面的任意一种实现方式，在首次建立第二蓝牙连接之前，该方法还包括：第一蓝牙模块向NFC模块发送第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，NFC模块基于NFC连接，向车载NFC钥匙模块发送第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，以由车载NFC钥匙模块通过车辆中车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块，向第三蓝牙模块发送第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；其中，第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第三蓝牙模块确认与第一蓝牙模块的配对。这样，能够使得第三蓝牙模块获取到第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，后续，能够基于第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，自动与第一蓝牙模块进行配对确认，从而实现与第一蓝牙模块的首次蓝牙连接。
根据第五方面，或者以上第五方面的任意一种实现方式，第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址还用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第第一蓝牙模块向第三蓝牙模块发起寻呼。这样，无需用户在手机的蓝牙连接界面中选择所需连接的蓝牙设备，简化了用户操作。
根据第五方面，或者以上第五方面的任意一种实现方式，第三蓝牙模块为车辆中车载娱乐系统对应的蓝牙模块。
第六方面，本申请实施例提供一种蓝牙连接方法，应用于车辆中，该方法包括：首先，车辆中车载NFC钥匙模块基于与电子设备中NFC模块的NFC连接，接收第一蓝牙模块发送的第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，NFC连接是首次采用电子设备进行NFC车钥匙开锁过程中建立的。然后，车载NFC钥匙模块将第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，发送至车辆中的车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块；接着，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块将第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，发送至车辆中的第三蓝牙模块；随后，第三蓝牙模块基于第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，与第一蓝牙模块首次建立第二蓝牙连接，其中，第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第三蓝牙模块确认与第一蓝牙模块的配对。这样，第三蓝牙模块能够基于首次采用NFC车钥匙进行开锁时建立的蓝牙连接，来获取第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；待车辆上电后，第三蓝牙模块可以基于获取的蓝牙地址，自动确认与第一蓝牙模块配对，从而实现自动与第一蓝牙模块建立首次蓝牙连接，无需用户在车辆显示屏中手动操作，简化了用户连接电子设备与车辆蓝牙的操作，从而提高了用户体验。
根据第六方面，第三蓝牙模块与第一蓝牙模块进行配对确认，包括：第三蓝牙模块接收第一蓝牙模块发送的第二认证信息，第二认证信息包括第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；第三蓝牙模块确定第二认证信息中蓝牙地址，与基于NFC连接接收到的蓝牙地址匹配时，生成第二用户配对确认信息，其中，第二用户配对确认信息用于指示车辆的用户接受第一蓝牙模块与第三蓝牙模块配对。
根据第六方面，或者以上第六方面的任意一种实现方式，首次建立第二蓝牙连接之前，该方法还包括：车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块从第三蓝牙模块，获取第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块将第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，发送至车载NFC钥匙模块；车载NFC钥匙模块基于NFC连接，向电子设备中NFC模块发送第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，以由NFC模块向第一蓝牙模块发送第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，其中，第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第一蓝牙模块确定与第三蓝牙模块的配对。这样，能够使得第一蓝牙模块获取到第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，后续，能够基于第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，自动与第三蓝牙模块进行配对确认，从而实现与第三蓝牙模块的首次蓝牙连接。
根据第六方面，或者以上第六方面的任意一种实现方式，第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址还用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第三蓝牙模块向第一蓝牙模块发起寻呼。这样，无需用户在车辆显示屏中的蓝牙连接界面中选择所需连接的蓝牙设备，简化了用户操作。
根据第六方面，或者以上第六方面的任意一种实现方式，第三蓝牙模块为车辆中车载娱乐系统对应的蓝牙模块。
第七方面，本申请实施例提供一种电子设备，包括：第一蓝牙模块，用于基于第一蓝牙模块与车辆中第二蓝牙模块的第一蓝牙连接，接收车辆发送的车辆中第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，第一蓝牙连接是首次采用电子设备进行蓝牙车钥匙开锁过程中建立的；以及基于第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，与第三蓝牙模块首次建立第二蓝牙连接，其中，第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第一蓝牙模块确认与第三蓝牙模块的配对。
根据第七方面，第一蓝牙模块，还用于接收第三蓝牙模块发送的第一认证信息，第一认证信息包括第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；以及确定第一认证信息中蓝牙地址，与基于第一蓝牙连接接收到的蓝牙地址匹配时，生成第一用户配对确认信息，其中，第一用户配对确认信息用于指示电子设备的用户接受第三蓝牙模块与第一蓝牙模块配对。
根据第七方面，或者以上第七方面的任意一种实现方式，第一蓝牙模块，还用于在首次建立第二蓝牙连接之前，基于第一蓝牙连接，向第二蓝牙模块发送第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，以由第二蓝牙模块通过车辆中车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块，向第三蓝牙模块发送第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；其中，第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第三蓝牙模块确认与第一蓝牙模块的配对。
根据第七方面，或者以上第七方面的任意一种实现方式，第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址还用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第一蓝牙模块向第三蓝牙模块发起寻呼。
第七方面以及第七方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第一方面以及第一方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第七方面以及第七方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第一方面以及第一方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第八方面，本申请实施例提供一种车辆，车辆包括第二蓝牙模块、车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块和第三蓝牙模块，其中：第二蓝牙模块，用于基于第二蓝牙模块与电子设备中第一蓝牙模块的第一蓝牙连接，接收第一蓝牙模块发送的第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，第一蓝牙连接是首次采用电子设备进行蓝牙车钥匙开锁过程中建立的；以及将第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址发送至车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块；车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块，用于将第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，发送至第三蓝牙模块；第三蓝牙模块，用于基于第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，与第一蓝牙模块首次建立第二蓝牙连接，其中，第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第三蓝牙模块确认与第一蓝牙模块的配对。
根据第八方面，第三蓝牙模块，还用于接收第一蓝牙模块发送的第二认证信息，第二认证信息包括第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；以及确定第二认证信息中蓝牙地址，与基于第一蓝牙连接接收到的蓝牙地址匹配时，生成第二用户配对确认信息，其中，第二用户配对确认信息用于指示车辆的用户接受第一蓝牙模块与第三蓝牙模块配对。
根据第八方面，或者以上第八方面的任意一种实现方式，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块，还用于在首次建立第二蓝牙连接之前，从第三蓝牙模块，获取第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；以及将第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，发送至第二蓝牙模块；第二蓝牙模块，还用于基于第一蓝牙连接，向第一蓝牙模块发送第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，其中，第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第一蓝牙模块确定与第三蓝牙模块的配对。
根据第八方面，或者以上第八方面的任意一种实现方式，第二蓝牙模块为车辆中蓝牙钥匙模块对应的蓝牙模块；第三蓝牙模块为车辆中车载娱乐系统对应的蓝牙模块。
根据第八方面，或者以上第八方面的任意一种实现方式，第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址还用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第三蓝牙模块向第一蓝牙模块发起寻呼。
第八方面以及第八方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第二方面以及第二方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第八方面以及第八方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第二方面以及第二方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第九方面，本申请实施例提供一种电子设备，包括：第一蓝牙模块，用于从服务器接收车辆中第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址是车辆向服务器发送的；以及基于第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，与第三蓝牙模块首次建立第二蓝牙连接，其中，第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第一蓝牙模块确认与第三蓝牙模块的配对。
根据第九方面，第一蓝牙模块，还用于接收第三蓝牙模块发送的第一认证信息，第一认证信息包括第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；第一蓝牙模块确定第一认证信息中蓝牙地址，与基于第一蓝牙连接接收到的蓝牙地址匹配时，生成第一用户配对确认信息，其中，第一用户配对确认信息用于指示电子设备的用户接受第三蓝牙模块与第一蓝牙模块配对。
根据第九方面，或者以上第九方面的任意一种实现方式，第一蓝牙模块，还用于向服务器发送第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，以由服务器通过车辆的车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块，将第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址发送至第三蓝牙模块，其中，第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第三蓝牙模块确认与第一蓝牙模块的配对。
根据第九方面，或者以上第九方面的任意一种实现方式，第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址还用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第一蓝牙模块向第三蓝牙模块发起寻呼。
第九方面以及第九方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第三方面以及第三方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第九方面以及第九方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第三方面以及第三方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第十方面，本申请实施例提供一种车辆，车辆包括车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块和第三蓝牙模块，其中：车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块，用于从服务器接收电子设备中第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址是第一蓝牙模块向服务器发送的；以及将第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，发送至车辆的第三蓝牙模块；第三蓝牙模块，用于基于第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，与第一蓝牙模块首次建立第二蓝牙连接，其中，第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第三蓝牙模块确认与第一蓝牙模块的配对。
根据第十方面，第三蓝牙模块，还用于接收第一蓝牙模块发送的第二认证信息，第二认证信息包括第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；以及确定第二认证信息中蓝牙地址，与基于第一蓝牙连接接收到的蓝牙地址匹配时，生成第二用户配对确认信息，其中，第二用户配对确认信息用于指示车辆的用户接受第一蓝牙模块与第二蓝牙模块配对。
根据第十方面，或者以上第十方面的任意一种实现方式，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块，还用于在首次建立第二蓝牙连接之前，从第三蓝牙模块，获取第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；以及向服务器发送第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，以由服务器将第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，发送至第一蓝牙模块；其中，第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第一蓝牙模块确认与第三蓝牙模块的配对。
根据第十方面，或者以上第十方面的任意一种实现方式，第二蓝牙模块为车辆中蓝牙钥匙模块对应的蓝牙模块；第三蓝牙模块为车辆中车载娱乐系统对应的蓝牙模块。
根据第十方面，或者以上第十方面的任意一种实现方式，第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址 还用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第三蓝牙模块向第一蓝牙模块发起寻呼。
第十方面以及第十方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第四方面以及第四方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第十方面以及第十方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第四方面以及第四方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第十一方面，本申请实施例提供一种电子设备，包括：NFC模块，用于基于与车辆中车载NFC钥匙模块的NFC连接，接收车辆发送的车辆中第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，NFC连接是首次采用电子设备进行NFC车钥匙开锁过程中建立的；以及向电子设备中第一蓝牙模块，发送第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址。第一蓝牙模块，用于基于第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，与第三蓝牙模块首次建立第二蓝牙连接，其中，第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第一蓝牙模块确认与第三蓝牙模块的配对。
根据第十一方面，第一蓝牙模块，还用于接收第三蓝牙模块发送的第一认证信息，第一认证信息包括第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；第一蓝牙模块确定第一认证信息中蓝牙地址，与基于NFC连接接收到的蓝牙地址匹配时，生成第一用户配对确认信息，其中，第一用户配对确认信息用于指示电子设备的用户接受第三蓝牙模块与第一蓝牙模块配对。
根据第十一方面，或者以上第十一方面的任意一种实现方式，第一蓝牙模块，还用于在首次建立第二蓝牙连接之前，向NFC模块发送第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；NFC模块，还用于基于NFC连接，向车载NFC钥匙模块发送第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，以由车载NFC钥匙模块通过车辆中车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块，向第三蓝牙模块发送第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；其中，第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第三蓝牙模块确认与第一蓝牙模块的配对。这样，能够使得第三蓝牙模块获取到第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，后续，能够基于第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，自动与第一蓝牙模块进行配对及连接。
根据第十一方面，或者以上第十一方面的任意一种实现方式，第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址还用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第一蓝牙模块向第三蓝牙模块发起寻呼。
第十一方面以及第十一方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第五方面以及第五方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第十一方面以及第十一方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第五方面以及第五方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第十二方面，本申请实施例提供一种车辆，包括：车载NFC钥匙模块、车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块和第三蓝牙模块，其中：车载NFC钥匙模块，用于基于与电子设备中NFC模块的NFC连接，接收第一蓝牙模块发送的第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，NFC连接是首次采用电子设备进行NFC车钥匙开锁过程中建立的；以及将第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，发送至车辆中的车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块。车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块，用于将第一蓝牙模块的 蓝牙地址，发送至车辆中的第三蓝牙模块；第三蓝牙模块，用于基于第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，与第一蓝牙模块首次建立第二蓝牙连接，其中，第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第三蓝牙模块确认与第一蓝牙模块的配对。
根据第十二方面，第三蓝牙模块，还用于接收第一蓝牙模块发送的第二认证信息，第二认证信息包括第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；第三蓝牙模块确定第二认证信息中蓝牙地址，与基于NFC连接接收到的蓝牙地址匹配时，生成第二用户配对确认信息，其中，第二用户配对确认信息用于指示车辆的用户接受第一蓝牙模块与第三蓝牙模块配对。
根据第十二方面，或者以上第十二方面的任意一种实现方式，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块，还用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接之前，从第三蓝牙模块，获取第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；以及将第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，发送至车载NFC钥匙模块。车载NFC钥匙模块，还用于基于NFC连接，向电子设备中NFC模块发送第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，以由NFC模块向第一蓝牙模块发送第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，其中，第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第一蓝牙模块确定与第三蓝牙模块的配对。这样，能够使得第一蓝牙模块获取到第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，后续，能够基于第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，自动与第三蓝牙模块进行配对及连接。
根据第十二方面，或者以上第十二方面的任意一种实现方式，第三蓝牙模块为车辆中车载娱乐系统对应的蓝牙模块。
根据第十二方面，或者以上第十二方面的任意一种实现方式，第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址还用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第三蓝牙模块向第一蓝牙模块发起寻呼。
第十二方面以及第十二方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第六方面以及第六方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第十二方面以及第十二方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第六方面以及第六方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第十三方面，本申请实施例提供一种电子设备，包括：存储器和处理器，存储器与处理器耦合；存储器存储有程序指令，当程序指令由处理器执行时，使得电子设备执行第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的蓝牙连接方法。
第十三方面以及第十三方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第一方面以及第一方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第十三方面以及第十三方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第一方面以及第一方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第十四方面，本申请实施例提供一种电子设备，包括：存储器和处理器，存储器与处理器耦合；存储器存储有程序指令，当程序指令由处理器执行时，使得电子设备执行第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的蓝牙连接方法。
第十四方面以及第十四方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第三方面以及第三方面的任 意一种实现方式相对应。第十四方面以及第十四方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第三方面以及第三方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第十五方面，本申请实施例提供一种电子设备，包括：存储器和处理器，存储器与处理器耦合；存储器存储有程序指令，当程序指令由处理器执行时，使得电子设备执行第五方面或第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的蓝牙连接方法。
第十五方面以及第十五方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第五方面以及第五方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第十五方面以及第十五方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第五方面以及第五方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第十六方面，本申请实施例提供一种车辆，包括：存储器和处理器，存储器与处理器耦合；存储器存储有程序指令，当程序指令由处理器执行时，使得电子设备执行第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的蓝牙连接方法。
第十六方面以及第十六方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第二方面以及第二方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第十六方面以及第十六方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第二方面以及第二方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第十七方面，本申请实施例提供一种车辆，包括：存储器和处理器，存储器与处理器耦合；存储器存储有程序指令，当程序指令由处理器执行时，使得电子设备执行第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的蓝牙连接方法。
第十七方面以及第十七方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第四方面以及第四方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第十七方面以及第十七方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第四方面以及第四方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第十八方面，本申请实施例提供一种车辆，包括：存储器和处理器，存储器与处理器耦合；存储器存储有程序指令，当程序指令由处理器执行时，使得电子设备执行第六方面或第六方面的任意可能的实现方式中的蓝牙连接方法。
第十八方面以及第十八方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第六方面以及第六方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第十八方面以及第十八方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第六方面以及第六方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第十九方面，本申请实施例提供一种芯片，包括一个或多个接口电路和一个或多个处理器；接口电路用于从电子设备的存储器接收信号，并向处理器发送信号，信号包括 存储器中存储的计算机指令；当处理器执行计算机指令时，使得电子设备执行第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的蓝牙连接方法。
第十九方面以及第十九方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第一方面以及第一方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第十九方面以及第十九方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第一方面以及第一方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第二十方面，本申请实施例提供一种芯片，包括一个或多个接口电路和一个或多个处理器；接口电路用于从电子设备的存储器接收信号，并向处理器发送信号，信号包括存储器中存储的计算机指令；当处理器执行计算机指令时，使得电子设备执行第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的蓝牙连接方法。
第二十方面以及第二十方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第三方面以及第三方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第二十方面以及第二十方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第三方面以及第三方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第二十一方面，本申请实施例提供一种芯片，包括一个或多个接口电路和一个或多个处理器；接口电路用于从电子设备的存储器接收信号，并向处理器发送信号，信号包括存储器中存储的计算机指令；当处理器执行计算机指令时，使得电子设备执行第五方面或第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的蓝牙连接方法。
第二十一方面以及第二十一方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第五方面以及第五方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第二十一方面以及第二十一方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第五方面以及第五方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第二十二方面，本申请实施例提供一种芯片，包括一个或多个接口电路和一个或多个处理器；接口电路用于从车辆的存储器接收信号，并向处理器发送信号，信号包括存储器中存储的计算机指令；当处理器执行计算机指令时，使得车辆执行第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的蓝牙连接方法。
第二十二方面以及第二十二方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第二方面以及第二方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第二十二方面以及第二十二方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第二方面以及第二方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第二十三方面，本申请实施例提供一种芯片，包括一个或多个接口电路和一个或多个处理器；接口电路用于从车辆的存储器接收信号，并向处理器发送信号，信号包括存储器中存储的计算机指令；当处理器执行计算机指令时，使得车辆执行第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的蓝牙连接方法。
第二十三方面以及第二十三方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第四方面以及第四方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第二十三方面以及第二十三方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第四方面以及第四方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第二十四方面，本申请实施例提供一种芯片，包括一个或多个接口电路和一个或多个处理器；接口电路用于从车辆的存储器接收信号，并向处理器发送信号，信号包括存储器中存储的计算机指令；当处理器执行计算机指令时，使得车辆执行第六方面或第六方面的任意可能的实现方式中的蓝牙连接方法。
第二十四方面以及第二十四方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第六方面以及第六方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第二十四方面以及第二十四方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第六方面以及第六方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第二十五方面，本申请实施例提供一种计算机存储介质，计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序，当计算机程序运行在计算机或处理器上时，使得计算机或处理器执行第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的蓝牙连接方法。
第二十五方面以及第二十五方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第一方面以及第一方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第二十五方面以及第二十五方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第一方面以及第一方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第二十六方面，本申请实施例提供一种计算机存储介质，计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序，当计算机程序运行在计算机或处理器上时，使得计算机或处理器执行第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的蓝牙连接方法。
第二十六方面以及第二十六方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第二方面以及第二方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第二十六方面以及第二十六方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第二方面以及第二方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第二十七方面，本申请实施例提供一种计算机存储介质，计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序，当计算机程序运行在计算机或处理器上时，使得计算机或处理器执行第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的蓝牙连接方法。
第二十七方面以及第二十七方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第三方面以及第三方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第二十七方面以及第二十七方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第三方面以及第三方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第二十八方面，本申请实施例提供一种计算机存储介质，计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序，当计算机程序运行在计算机或处理器上时，使得计算机或处理器执行第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的蓝牙连接方法。
第二十八方面以及第二十八方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第四方面以及第四方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第二十八方面以及第二十八方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第四方面以及第四方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第二十九方面，本申请实施例提供一种计算机存储介质，计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序，当计算机程序运行在计算机或处理器上时，使得计算机或处理器执行第五方面或第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的蓝牙连接方法。
第二十九方面以及第二十九方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第五方面以及第五方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第二十九方面以及第二十九方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第五方面以及第五方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
第三十方面，本申请实施例提供一种计算机存储介质，计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序，当计算机程序运行在计算机或处理器上时，使得计算机或处理器执行第六方面或第六方面的任意可能的实现方式中的蓝牙连接方法。
第三十方面以及第三十方面的任意一种实现方式分别与第六方面以及第六方面的任意一种实现方式相对应。第三十方面以及第三十方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果可参见上述第六方面以及第六方面的任意一种实现方式所对应的技术效果，此处不再赘述。
附图说明
图1为示例性示出的电子设备的结构示意图；
图2为示例性示出的电子设备的软件结构框图；
图3为示例性示出的车辆结构示意图；
图4为示例性示出的车钥匙申请交互示意图；
图5a为示例性示出的界面示意图；
图5b为示例性示出的界面示意图；
图6为示例性示出的数字车钥匙申请过程示意图；
图7a为示例性示出的绑定示意图；
图7b为示例性示出的开锁过程示意图；
图8为示例性示出的蓝牙连接过程示意图；
图9a为示例性示出的绑定示意图；
图9b为示例性示出的蓝牙连接示意图；
图10为示例性示出的蓝牙连接过程示意图；
图11为示例性示出的应用场景示意图；
图12为示例性示出的蓝牙连接示意图；
图13为示例性示出的蓝牙连接示意图；
图14为示例性示出的蓝牙连接示意图；
图15为示例性示出的蓝牙连接示意图；
图16为示例性示出的蓝牙连接示意图；
图17为示例性示出的绑定示意图；
图18为示例性示出的开锁过程示意图；
图19为示例性示出的蓝牙绑定示意图；
图20为示例性示出的蓝牙连接示意图；
图21为示例性示出的蓝牙连接示意图；
图22为示例性示出的装置的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图，对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述，显然，所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例，而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例，本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例，都属于本申请保护的范围。
本文中术语“和/或”，仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。
本申请实施例的说明书和权利要求书中的术语“第一”和“第二”等是用于区别不同的对象，而不是用于描述对象的特定顺序。例如，第一目标对象和第二目标对象等是用于区别不同的目标对象，而不是用于描述目标对象的特定顺序。
在本申请实施例中，“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请实施例中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言，使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念。
在本申请实施例的描述中，除非另有说明，“多个”的含义是指两个或两个以上。例如，多个处理单元是指两个或两个以上的处理单元；多个系统是指两个或两个以上的系统。
图1示出了电子设备100的结构示意图。应该理解的是，图1所示电子设备100仅是电子设备的一个范例，并且电子设备100可以具有比图中所示的更多的或者更少的部件，可以组合两个或多个的部件，或者可以具有不同的部件配置。图1中所示出的各种部件可以在包括一个或多个信号处理和/或专用集成电路在内的硬件、软件、或硬件和软件的组合中实现。
电子设备100可以包括：处理器110，外部存储器接口120，内部存储器121，通用 串行总线(universal serial bus，USB)接口130，充电管理模块140，电源管理模块141，电池142，天线1，天线2，移动通信模块150，无线通信模块160，音频模块170，扬声器170A，受话器170B，麦克风170C，耳机接口170D，传感器模块180，按键190，马达191，指示器192，摄像头193，显示屏194，以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module，SIM)卡接口195等。其中传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器180A，陀螺仪传感器180B，气压传感器180C，磁传感器180D，加速度传感器180E，距离传感器180F，接近光传感器180G，指纹传感器180H，温度传感器180J，触摸传感器180K，环境光传感器180L，骨传导传感器180M等。
示例性的，电子设备100还可以包括eSE(Embedded Secure Element，嵌入式安全元件)，用于保护电子设备100的数据安全，eSE可以与处理器110耦合。
示例性的，eSE可以是一独立的芯片。
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元，例如：处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor，AP)，调制解调处理器，图形处理器(graphics processing unit，GPU)，图像信号处理器(image signal processor，ISP)，控制器，存储器，视频编解码器，数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)，基带处理器，和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit，NPU)等。其中，不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件，也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。
其中，控制器可以是电子设备100的神经中枢和指挥中心。控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号，产生操作控制信号，完成取指令和执行指令的控制。
处理器110中还可以设置存储器，用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中，处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据，可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取，减少了处理器110的等待时间，因而提高了系统的效率。
在一些实施例中，处理器110可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit，I2C)接口，集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound，I2S)接口，脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation，PCM)接口，通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter，UART)接口，移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface，MIPI)，通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output，GPIO)接口，用户标识模块(subscriber identity module，SIM)接口，和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus，USB)接口等。
I2C接口是一种双向同步串行总线，包括一根串行数据线(serial data line，SDA)和一根串行时钟线(derail clock line，SCL)。在一些实施例中，处理器110可以包含多组I2C总线。处理器110可以通过不同的I2C总线接口分别耦合触摸传感器180K，充电器，闪光灯，摄像头193等。例如：处理器110可以通过I2C接口耦合触摸传感器180K，使处理器110与触摸传感器180K通过I2C总线接口通信，实现电子设备100的触摸功能。
I2S接口可以用于音频通信。在一些实施例中，处理器110可以包含多组I2S总线。处理器110可以通过I2S总线与音频模块170耦合，实现处理器110与音频模块170之间的通信。在一些实施例中，音频模块170可以通过I2S接口向无线通信模块160传递 音频信号，实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。
USB接口130是符合USB标准规范的接口，具体可以是Mini USB接口，Micro USB接口，USB Type C接口等。USB接口130可以用于连接充电器为电子设备100充电，也可以用于电子设备100与外围设备之间传输数据。也可以用于连接耳机，通过耳机播放音频。该接口还可以用于连接其他电子设备，例如AR设备等。
可以理解的是，本申请实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系，只是示意性说明，并不构成对电子设备100的结构限定。在本申请另一些实施例中，电子设备100也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式，或多种接口连接方式的组合。
充电管理模块140用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中，充电器可以是无线充电器，也可以是有线充电器。在一些有线充电的实施例中，充电管理模块140可以通过USB接口130接收有线充电器的充电输入。在一些无线充电的实施例中，充电管理模块140可以通过电子设备100的无线充电线圈接收无线充电输入。充电管理模块140为电池142充电的同时，还可以通过电源管理模块141为电子设备供电。
电源管理模块141用于连接电池142，充电管理模块140与处理器110。电源管理模块141接收电池142和/或充电管理模块140的输入，为处理器110，内部存储器121，外部存储器，显示屏194，摄像头193，和无线通信模块160等供电。电源管理模块141还可以用于监测电池容量，电池循环次数，电池健康状态(漏电，阻抗)等参数。在其他一些实施例中，电源管理模块141也可以设置于处理器110中。在另一些实施例中，电源管理模块141和充电管理模块140也可以设置于同一个器件中。
电子设备100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1，天线2，移动通信模块150，无线通信模块160，调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。电子设备100中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用，以提高天线的利用率。例如：可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中，天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。
移动通信模块150可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块150可以包括至少一个滤波器，开关，功率放大器，低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier，LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由天线1接收电磁波，并对接收的电磁波进行滤波，放大等处理，传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大，经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中，移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器110中。在一些实施例中，移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器110的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中，调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后，被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器170A，受话器170B等)输出声音信号，或通过显示屏194显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中，调制解调处理 器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中，调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器110，与移动通信模块150或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。
无线通信模块160可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括WLAN(如无线保真(wireless fidelity，Wi-Fi)网络)，蓝牙(bluetooth，BT)，全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system，GNSS)，调频(frequency modulation，FM)，近距离无线通信技术(near field communication，NFC)，红外技术(infrared，IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波，将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理，将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号，对其进行调频，放大，经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。
在一些实施例中，电子设备100的天线1和移动通信模块150耦合，天线2和无线通信模块160耦合，使得电子设备100可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。所述无线通信技术可以包括全球移动通讯系统(global system for mobile communications，GSM)，通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service，GPRS)，码分多址接入(code division multiple access，CDMA)，宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access，WCDMA)，时分码分多址(time-division code division multiple access，TD-SCDMA)，长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)，BT，GNSS，WLAN，NFC，FM，和/或IR技术等。所述GNSS可以包括全球卫星定位系统(global positioning system，GPS)，全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system，GLONASS)，北斗卫星导航系统(beidou navigation satellite system，BDS)，准天顶卫星系统(quasi-zenith satellite system，QZSS)和/或星基增强系统(satellite based augmentation systems，SBAS)。
电子设备100通过GPU，显示屏194，以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器，连接显示屏194和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算，用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU，其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。
显示屏194用于显示图像，视频等。显示屏194包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display，LCD)，有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode，OLED)，有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode的，AMOLED)，柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode，FLED)，Miniled，MicroLed，Micro-oLed，量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes，QLED)等。在一些实施例中，电子设备100可以包括1个或N个显示屏194，N为大于1的正整数。
电子设备100可以通过ISP，摄像头193，视频编解码器，GPU，显示屏194以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。
ISP用于处理摄像头193反馈的数据。例如，拍照时，打开快门，光线通过镜头被传递到摄像头感光元件上，光信号转换为电信号，摄像头感光元件将所述电信号传递给ISP处理，转化为肉眼可见的图像。ISP还可以对图像的噪点，亮度，肤色进行算法优化。ISP还可以对拍摄场景的曝光，色温等参数优化。在一些实施例中，ISP可以设置在摄像头193中。
摄像头193用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device，CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor，CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号，之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB，YUV等格式的图像信号。在一些实施例中，电子设备100可以包括1个或N个摄像头193，N为大于1的正整数。
数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号，除了可以处理数字图像信号，还可以处理其他数字信号。例如，当电子设备100在频点选择时，数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。
视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。电子设备100可以支持一种或多种视频编解码器。这样，电子设备100可以播放或录制多种编码格式的视频，例如：动态图像专家组(moving picture experts group，MPEG)1，MPEG2，MPEG3，MPEG4等。
外部存储器接口120可以用于连接外部存储卡，例如Micro SD卡，实现扩展电子设备100的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口120与处理器110通信，实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐，视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。
内部存储器121可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码，所述可执行程序代码包括指令。处理器110通过运行存储在内部存储器121的指令，从而执行电子设备100的各种功能应用以及数据处理。内部存储器121可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中，存储程序区可存储操作系统，至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能，图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储电子设备100使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据，电话本等)等。此外，内部存储器121可以包括高速随机存取存储器，还可以包括非易失性存储器，例如至少一个磁盘存储器件，闪存器件，通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage，UFS)等。
电子设备100可以通过音频模块170，扬声器170A，受话器170B，麦克风170C，耳机接口170D，以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放，录音等。
音频模块170用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出，也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块170还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中，音频模块170可以设置于处理器110中，或将音频模块170的部分功能模块设置于处理器110中。
电子设备100的软件系统可以采用分层架构，事件驱动架构，微核架构，微服务架构，或云架构。本申请实施例以分层架构的Android系统为例，示例性说明电子设备100的软件结构。
图2是本申请实施例的电子设备100的软件结构框图。
电子设备100的分层架构将软件分成若干个层，每一层都有清晰的角色和分工。层与层之间通过软件接口通信。在一些实施例中，将Android系统分为四层，从上至下分别为应用程序层，应用程序框架层，安卓运行时(Android runtime)和系统库，以及内核层。
应用程序层可以包括一系列应用程序包。
如图2所示，应用程序包可以包括相机，图库，日历，通话，地图，导航，WLAN，蓝牙，音乐，NFC，车辆管理等应用程序。
示例性的，车辆管理应用程序用于管理车辆，例如，控制车辆装置(如，开锁、上锁、开/关车窗、开/关空调等)，查看车辆状态(如，查看车窗、车门、空调、后视镜的状态，车辆位置等)等。
应用程序框架层为应用程序层的应用程序提供应用编程接口(application programming interface，API)和编程框架。应用程序框架层包括一些预先定义的函数。
如图2所示，应用程序框架层可以包括窗口管理器，内容提供器，视图系统，电话管理器，资源管理器，通知管理器、数字钥匙服务等。
窗口管理器用于管理窗口程序。窗口管理器可以获取显示屏大小，判断是否有状态栏，锁定屏幕，截取屏幕等。
内容提供器用来存放和获取数据，并使这些数据可以被应用程序访问。所述数据可以包括视频，图像，音频，拨打和接听的电话，浏览历史和书签，电话簿等。
视图系统包括可视控件，例如显示文字的控件，显示图片的控件等。视图系统可用于构建应用程序。显示界面可以由一个或多个视图组成的。例如，包括短信通知图标的显示界面，可以包括显示文字的视图以及显示图片的视图。
电话管理器用于提供电子设备100的通信功能。例如通话状态的管理(包括接通，挂断等)。
资源管理器为应用程序提供各种资源，比如本地化字符串，图标，图片，布局文件，视频文件等等。
通知管理器使应用程序可以在状态栏中显示通知信息，可以用于传达告知类型的消息，可以短暂停留后自动消失，无需用户交互。比如通知管理器被用于告知下载完成，消息提醒等。通知管理器还可以是以图表或者滚动条文本形式出现在系统顶部状态栏的通知，例如后台运行的应用程序的通知，还可以是以对话窗口形式出现在屏幕上的通知。例如在状态栏提示文本信息，发出提示音，电子设备振动，指示灯闪烁等。
数字钥匙服务可以用于为应用程序层中的车辆管理应用提供服务支持。
Android Runtime包括核心库和虚拟机。Android runtime负责安卓系统的调度和管理。
核心库包含两部分：一部分是java语言需要调用的功能函数，另一部分是安卓的核心库。
应用程序层和应用程序框架层运行在虚拟机中。虚拟机将应用程序层和应用程序框架层的java文件执行为二进制文件。虚拟机用于执行对象生命周期的管理，堆栈管理，线程管理，安全和异常的管理，以及垃圾回收等功能。
系统库可以包括多个功能模块。例如：表面管理器(surface manager)，媒体库(Media Libraries)，三维图形处理库(例如：OpenGL ES)，2D图形引擎(例如：SGL)等。
表面管理器用于对显示子系统进行管理，并且为多个应用程序提供了2D和3D图层的融合。
媒体库支持多种常用的音频，视频格式回放和录制，以及静态图像文件等。媒体库可以支持多种音视频编码格式，例如:MPEG4，H.264，MP3，AAC，AMR，JPG，PNG 等。
三维图形处理库用于实现三维图形绘图，图像渲染，合成，和图层处理等。
2D图形引擎是2D绘图的绘图引擎。
内核层是硬件和软件之间的层。内核层至少包含显示驱动，Wi-Fi驱动，蓝牙驱动，NFC驱动，传感器驱动。
可以理解的是，图2示出的系统框架层、系统库与运行时层包含的部件，并不构成对电子设备100的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中，电子设备100可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件，或者组合某些部件，或者拆分某些部件，或者不同的部件布置。
示例性的，电子设备100可以是手机、平板电脑等终端设备，本申请实施例对此不作限制。本申请实施例以手机为例进行示例性说明。
图3为示例性示出的车辆结构示意图。
参照图3，示例性的，车辆300可以包括：蓝牙钥匙模块(主模块)301，车载NFC钥匙模块302，PEPS(Passive Entry Passive Start，无钥匙进入及启动系统)模块303，T-Box(Telematics BOX，远程信息处理器)模块304，BCM(Body Control Module，车身控制模块)模块305，IVI(In-Vehicle Infotainment，车载娱乐系统)模块306，蓝牙钥匙模块(从模块1)307，蓝牙钥匙模块(从模块2)308，蓝牙钥匙模块(从模块3)309......蓝牙钥匙模块(从模块n)310。其中，n为大于或等于2的正整数。
示例性的，车辆中可以配置有车载娱乐系统，车载娱乐系统包括IVI模块306。示例性的，IVI模块306包括：蓝牙模块A2(3061)、音频模块3062和显示屏3063。
示例性的，蓝牙模块A2(3061)可以是经典蓝牙模块。
示例性的，音频模块3062可以用于采集语音数据，以及播放音频数据。
示例性的，显示屏3063可以用于显示信息如文本、图像等。
示例性的，车辆中可以配置有蓝牙车钥匙系统，蓝牙车钥匙系统包括：蓝牙钥匙模块(主模块)301、蓝牙钥匙模块(从模块1)307、蓝牙钥匙模块(从模块2)308、蓝牙钥匙模块(从模块3)309.....蓝牙钥匙模块(从模块n)310。示例性的，蓝牙钥匙模块(主模块)301包括：蓝牙模块A1(3011)、车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块3012、车载车钥匙安全单元3013。示例性的，蓝牙钥匙模块(主模块)301中的车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块3012，可以是蓝牙钥匙模块(主模块)301的MCU(Microcontroller Unit，微控制单元)。
示例性的，蓝牙模块A1(3011)可以是BLE(Bluetooth Low Energy，低功耗蓝牙)模块。
示例性的，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块3012可以用于根据数字车钥匙的验证结果判断是否开锁，以及获取蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址。
示例性的，车载车钥匙安全单元3013可以用于保护数字车钥匙的安全。
示例性的，蓝牙钥匙模块(从模块1)307，蓝牙钥匙模块(从模块2)308，蓝牙钥匙模块(从模块3)309......蓝牙钥匙模块(从模块n)310，均包含蓝牙模块，可以用于测距。
示例性的，蓝牙钥匙模块(主模块)301，车载NFC钥匙模块302，PEPS模块303， T-Box模块304，BCM模块305，IVI模块306中的各模块，均具有MCU，各模块可以通过CAN(Controller Area Network，控制器局域网络)总线或LIN(Local Interconnect Network，局域互联网络)总线进行通信。
示例性的，车辆中可以配置有NFC车钥匙系统，NFC车钥匙系统包括车载NFC钥匙模块302。
示例性的，PEPS模块303，用于检测到车辆授权的用户踏进指定范围时，自动开门；以及检测到车辆授权的用户离开汽车时，自动上锁。
示例性的，T-Box模块304可以用于车辆与车企服务器的通信。其中，车企服务器可以是指车辆厂商提供的服务器，用于为车辆提供服务如数字车钥匙管理服务、汽车远程服务等等。
示例性的，BCM模块305可以用于对车身进行控制。
应当理解的是，图3示出的部件，并不构成对车辆300的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中，车辆300可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件，或者组合某些部件，或者拆分某些部件，或者不同的部件布置。
一种可能的场景中，可以在用户购置一车辆后，将用户所使用手机的蓝牙与车载娱乐系统蓝牙进行绑定。
一种可能的场景中，可以在用户采用手机B替换在先已与车载娱乐系统蓝牙绑定过的手机A后，将手机B的蓝牙与车载娱乐系统蓝牙进行绑定。
一种可能的实现方式中，可以基于使用手机中的数字车钥匙开启车辆车门锁的过程中建立的连接，自动绑定手机蓝牙与车载娱乐系统蓝牙。
示例性的，若车辆配置了蓝牙车钥匙系统，则一种可能的实现方式中，可以基于使用手机中的蓝牙车钥匙开启车辆车门锁的过程中建立的蓝牙连接，自动绑定手机蓝牙与车载娱乐系统蓝牙。
图4为示例性示出的车钥匙申请交互示意图。参照图4，示例性的，在使用手机中的蓝牙车钥匙开启车辆车门锁之前，手机可以与车企服务器进行交互，从车企服务器申请车辆的数字车钥匙。
图5a和图5b为示例性示出的界面示意图。
可参照图5a(1)，示例性的，501是手机的主界面，手机的主界面包括一个或多个控件，包括但不限于：应用图标(例如，华为分享应用的应用图标、浏览器应用的应用图标、车辆管理应用的应用图标)、网络标识、电量标识等。
继续参照图5a(1)，示例性的，用户点击车辆管理应用的应用图标502，手机响应于用户的操作行为，显示车辆管理应用的应用界面503，如图5a(2)所示。示例性的，车辆管理应用的应用界面503包括一个或多个控件，包括但不限于：车钥匙申请选项504、开锁选项、空调选项和车内图像选项等。可选地，车辆管理应用的应用界面503还可以显示车辆的型号、颜色等车辆属性信息。示例性的，用户可以点击车钥匙申请选项504，申请数字车钥匙。示例性的，用户可以点击开锁选项，打开车门锁。示例性的，用户可以点击空调选项，进入空调控制界面，查看车内空调状态以及控制车内空调。示例性的， 用户可以点击车内图像选项，查看车内图像。
参照图5a(2)，用户点击车钥匙申请选项504后，手机可以响应于用户的操作行为，进入申请界面505，如图5b(1)所示。示例性的，申请界面505包括一个或多个控件，包括但不限于：申请选项506，编辑项(如车辆VIN(Vehicle Identification Number，车辆识别号码)码编辑项，身份证编辑项，手机号编辑项和验证码编辑项等)，获取验证码选项等。
示例性的，用户在购买车辆时，车辆厂商可以将车辆的车辆VIN码提供给用户，其中，车辆VIN码用于唯一标识一车辆，根据车辆VIN码可以识别汽车的生产商、引擎、底盘序号及其他性能等信息，以便于后续用户对车辆的使用与维护。继续参照图5b(1)，示例性的，用户可以在车辆VIN码编辑项中，输入车辆厂商提供的车辆VIN码。
示例性的，用户在购买车辆时，可以将车主身份信息提供给车辆厂商，其中，车主身份信息可以包括但不限于：姓名、性别、身份证号码、手机号码等，以便于车辆厂商将车辆与车主进行关联，为车主提供对应的服务。继续参照图5b(1)，示例性的，用户可以在身份证编辑项中，输入购买车辆时，提供的车主身份信息中的身份证号码。示例性的，用户可以在手机号编辑项中，输入购买车辆时提供的车主身份信息中的手机号码。
继续参照图5b(1)，示例性的，用户输入手机号码后，可以点击获取验证码选项，手机响应于用户的操作行为，向车企服务器发送验证请求信息，其中，验证码请求信息中包括手机号码。车企服务器接收到验证请求信息后，可以向验证请求信息中手机号码对应的手机发送验证码。手机接收到验证码后，用户可以在验证码编辑项中输入该验证码。
示例性的，手机可以通过蜂窝网络与车企服务器通信，也可以通过无线网络与车企服务器通信，本申请实施例对此不作限制。
参照图5b(1)，示例性的，用户输入车辆VIN码、身份证号码、手机号码和验证码后，可以点击申请选项506，手机响应于用户的操作行为，生成数字车钥匙申请信息，以及向车企服务器发送数字车钥匙申请信息。其中，数字车钥匙申请信息可以包括：车辆VIN码、身份证号码、手机号码和验证码。
图6为示例性示出的数字车钥匙申请过程示意图。
参照图6，示例性的，手机可以包括手机车钥匙管理模块和手机安全单元。示例性的，手机车钥匙管理模块包括上文所述的车辆管理应用程序和数字车钥匙服务。示例性的，手机安全单元可以包括上文所述的eSE和eSE的软件程序。
继续参照图6，申请数字车钥匙过程可以如下：
S601，手机车钥匙管理模块向车企服务器发送数字车钥匙申请信息。
示例性的，手机车钥匙管理模块生成数字车钥匙申请信息后，可以通过手机的移动通信模块或无线通信模块，将数字车钥匙申请信息发送至车企服务器。
S602，车企服务器基于接收到的数字车钥匙申请信息，进行身份验证。
示例性的，车企服务器中存储有各车辆的车辆VIN码。服务人员在用户购买车辆后，可以在客户端中输入用户购买车辆的车辆VIN码和用户提供的车主身份信息，并执行绑定操作。然后客户端响应于服务人员的操作行为，将车辆VIN码和车主身份信息发送至 车企服务器，由服务器将预先存储的车辆VIN码与接收到的对应的车主身份信息进行绑定。
示例性的，车企服务器接收到数字车钥匙申请信息后，可以通过将数字车钥匙申请信息，和预先存储车辆VIN码以及与车辆VIN码绑定的车主身份信息进行比对，来进行身份验证。示例性的，车企服务器可以基于数字车钥匙申请信息中的车辆VIN码，从存储的多个车辆VIN码中查找匹配的目标车辆VIN码。然后将数字车钥匙申请信息中身份证号码，和与目标车辆VIN码绑定的车主身份信息中的身份证号码比对；以及将数字车钥匙申请信息中手机号码，和与目标车辆VIN码绑定的车主身份信息中的手机号码比对。若数字车钥匙申请信息中身份证号码，和与目标车辆VIN码绑定的车主身份信息中的身份证号码相同，且数字车钥匙申请信息中手机号码，和与目标车辆VIN码绑定车主身份信息中的手机号码相同，则车企服务器可以将向手机发送的验证码与数字车钥匙申请信息中的验证码进行比对。若车企服务器向手机发送的验证码与数字车钥匙申请信息中的验证码相同，则确定身份验证成功。若数字车钥匙申请信息中身份证号码，和与目标车辆VIN码绑定的车主身份信息中的身份证号码不相同，或数字车钥匙申请信息中手机号码，和与目标车辆VIN码绑定的车主身份信息中的手机号码不相同，或车企服务器向手机发送的验证码与数字车钥匙申请信息中的验证码不相同，则确定身份验证失败。
S603，车企服务器确定身份验证成功时，生成数字车钥匙数据。
示例性的，当车企服务器确定身份验证成功时，可以生成数字车钥匙数据。
一种可能的方式中，车企服务器可以根据车主身份信息，生成数字车钥匙数据。
一种可能的方式中，车企服务器可以根据车辆VIN码，生成数字车钥匙数据。
一种可能的方式中，车企服务器可以根据车主身份信息和车辆VIN码，生成数字车钥匙数据。
需要说明的是，车企服务器生成数字车钥匙数据的方式可以按需设置，本申请实施例对此不作限制。
示例性的，不同车辆的数字车钥匙不同。
S604，车企服务器将数字车钥匙数据发送至手机安全单元和车载车钥匙安全单元。
示例性的，S604可以包括S604a和S604b：
S604a，车企服务器将数字车钥匙数据发送至手机安全单元。
示例性的，手机安全单元可以通过移动通信模块或无线通信模块，接收到车企服务器发送的数字车钥匙数据。
S604b，车企服务器将数字车钥匙数据发送给车载车钥匙安全单元。
示例性的，车载车钥匙安全单元可以通过T-Box模块，接收到车企服务器发送的数字车钥匙数据。
示例性的，本申请实施例不限制S604a和S604b的执行顺序。一种可能的方式中，可以先执行S604a，后执行S604b。一种可能的方式中，可以先执行S604b，后执行S604a。一种可能的方式中，可以同时执行S604a和S604b。
一种可能的方式中，若设置的是车企服务器根据车辆VIN码生成数字车钥匙数据，则车企服务器可以预先根据存储的车辆VIN码，生成数字车钥匙数据，并存储数字车钥 匙数据。进而在S602之后，可以无需执行S603，而直接执行S604即可。
一种可能的方式中，若车企服务器预先生成了数字车钥匙数据，则车企服务器可以将数字车钥匙发送至客户端。然后可以在车辆出厂时，通过数据线如USB(Universal Serial Bus，通用串行总线)连接车辆和客户端，将客户端中的数字车钥匙数据发送至车载车钥匙安全单元。此时，S604可以仅包括S604a。
一种可能的方式中，若车企服务器预先生成了数字车钥匙数据，则可以在车辆联网后，由车载车钥匙安全单元向车企服务器请求下载数字车钥匙数据。此时，S604可以仅包括S604a。
示例性的，手机安全单元成功获取数字车钥匙后，可以向手机车钥匙管理模块发送申请结果。示例性的，申请结果可以包括申请成功结果和申请失败结果，申请成功结果用于表征手机成功申请车辆的数字车钥匙，申请失败结果用于表征手机申请车辆的数字车钥匙失败。手机车钥匙管理模块接收到申请结果后，可以在车辆管理应用的应用界面503中展示申请结果，如展示“车钥匙申请成功”，或展示“车钥匙申请失败，请重试”，以告知用户车钥匙是否申请成功。
一种可能的方式中，可以是由用户触发开锁。参照图5b(2)，示例性的，用户可以通过点击开锁选项507，来开锁。
图7a为示例性示出的绑定示意图。参照图7a，示例性的，用户点击手机开锁选项507后，手机可以响应于用户操作，与车辆进行交互，从而实现使用蓝牙车钥匙开锁。
图7b为示例性示出的开锁过程示意图。
参照图7b，示例性的，手机还包括蓝牙模块A0，蓝牙模块A0可以包括蓝牙硬件(如蓝牙芯片)和蓝牙的软件程序。
继续参照图7b，用户使用蓝牙车钥匙开锁的过程如下：
S701，手机车钥匙管理模块接收用户操作。
示例性的，用户点击图5b(2)中的开锁选项507后，手机车钥匙管理模块可以接收到用户操作。
S702，手机车钥匙管理模块向蓝牙模块A0发送BLE连接指示信息。
示例性的，手机车钥匙管理模块可以响应于接收到的用户操作，向蓝牙模块A0发送BLE连接指示信息，其中，BLE连接指示信息用于指示进行BLE连接。
示例性的，当手机的蓝牙处于关闭状态时，BLE连接指示信息可以用于开启手机蓝牙，进而手机蓝牙可以进行扫描。
示例性的，当手机的蓝牙处于开启状态时，BLE连接指示信息可以用于指示蓝牙模块A0进行扫描。
示例性的，当手机的蓝牙处于关闭状态时，手机车钥匙管理模块可以生成蓝牙开启提示信息，并在车辆管理应用的应用界面中展示蓝牙开启提示信息。其中，蓝牙开启提示信息用于提示用户开启手机蓝牙。随后，用户可以执行开启蓝牙操作，手机响应于用户的操作行为，开启手机蓝牙，进而手机蓝牙可以进行扫描。
S703，蓝牙模块A0与蓝牙模块A1建立BLE连接。
示例性的，当用户与车辆之间的距离小于或等于第一预设距离时，蓝牙模块A0可以 接收到蓝牙模块A1发送的蓝牙信号，蓝牙模块A1也可以接收到蓝牙模块A0发送的蓝牙信号。其中，第一预设距离是蓝牙模块A0接收到蓝牙模块A1发射的蓝牙信号的最大距离。
图8为示例性示出的蓝牙连接示意图。参照图8，蓝牙模块A0与蓝牙模块A1建立BLE连接的过程可以如下：
S801，车辆中的蓝牙模块A1发送BLE广播消息。
示例性的，可以由车辆的蓝牙模块A1进行广播，发送BLE广播消息。
示例性的，蓝牙模块A1可以按照广播间隔t进行广播，t可以按照需求设置为1s。可选地，蓝牙模块A1可以在多个蓝牙信道发送相同的BLE广播消息，例如，在蓝牙信道37、38和39这三个蓝牙信道上同时发送BLE广播消息。
示例性的，BLE广播消息中包括但不限于：蓝牙模块A1的蓝牙地址、蓝牙模块A1的蓝牙名称等。
S802，手机中的蓝牙模块A0接收蓝牙设备选择的用户操作。
示例性的，蓝牙模块A0可以在多个蓝牙信道上进行扫描，当蓝牙模块A0扫描的蓝牙信道和蓝牙模块A1广播的蓝牙信道相同时，蓝牙模块A0可以接收到蓝牙模块A1发送的BLE广播消息。
示例性的，当用户周围除了用户车辆外还存在其他车辆时，则用户手机中蓝牙模块A0，除了可以接收到用户车辆中蓝牙模块A1发送的BLE广播消息，也可以接收到其他车辆中蓝牙模块A1发送的BLE广播消息。
一种可能的方式中，蓝牙模块A0可以分别从接收到的各车辆中蓝牙模块A1发送BLE广播消息中，提取出各车辆中蓝牙模块A1的蓝牙名称，然后在蓝牙连接界面的搜索列表中显示各车辆中蓝牙模块A1的蓝牙名称。
示例性的，用户在图5b(1)中点击申请选项506后，车辆管理应用可以获取到车辆VIN码，然后在应用界面中显示车辆VIN码。由于蓝牙模块A1的蓝牙名称包含了车辆VIN码的一部分(如车辆VIN码的后几位)，进而，用户可以从车辆管理应用的应用界面中获取车辆VIN码，然后在蓝牙连接界面的搜索列表中，查找包含从车辆管理应用的应用界面获取的车辆VIN码中的一部分的蓝牙名称并点击，进而实现选择用户车辆的蓝牙模块A1与蓝牙模块A0连接。
示例性的，用户在蓝牙连接界面的搜索列表中，点击蓝牙模块A1的蓝牙名称后，蓝牙模块A0可以接收到蓝牙设备选择的用户操作。
一种可能的方式中，蓝牙模块A0可以分别从接收到的各车辆中蓝牙模块A1发送BLE广播消息中，提取出各车辆中蓝牙模块A1的蓝牙名称，然后可以将各车辆中蓝牙模块A1的蓝牙名称发送给手机车钥匙管理模块。示例性的，手机车钥匙管理模块可以将用户点击申请选项506后获取到的车辆VIN码，与各车辆中蓝牙模块A1的蓝牙名称进行比对，确定包含车辆VIN码中一部分的蓝牙名称；然后可以将包含车辆VIN码中一部分的蓝牙名称发送给蓝牙模块A0，进而蓝牙模块A0可以选择用户车辆的蓝牙模块A1连接。
S803，手机中的蓝牙模块A0与车辆中的蓝牙模块A1建立连接。
示例性的，蓝牙模块A0可以响应于接收到的蓝牙设备选择的用户操作，基于蓝牙模块A1的蓝牙地址与车辆的蓝牙模块A1建立连接。
示例性的，蓝牙模块A0和车辆的蓝牙模块A1建立连接的过程中包括多次信令的交互，具体可以参照现有的BLE协议，在此不再赘述。
示例性的，后续，用户点击图5b(2)中开锁选项507后，车钥匙蓝牙可以自动回连手机蓝牙(即蓝牙模块A0和蓝牙模块A1可以自动建立BLE连接)，无需用户在手机的蓝牙连接界面中选择蓝牙设备。
S704，蓝牙模块A0向手机车钥匙管理模块发送BLE连接结果。
示例性的，BLE连接结果可以包括BLE连接成功结果或BLE连接失败结果。
示例性的，BLE连接成功结果用于表征蓝牙模块A0与蓝牙模块A1成功建立BLE连接。
示例性的，BLE连接失败结果用于表征蓝牙模块A0与蓝牙模块A1建立BLE连接失败。
示例性的，蓝牙模块A0可以将BLE连接结果发送给手机车钥匙管理模块，由手机车钥匙管理模块根据BLE连接结果，确定是否启动数字钥匙验证。
S705，手机车钥匙管理模块向手机安全单元发送数字钥匙验证指示信息。
示例性的，手机车钥匙管理模块接收到BLE连接结果后，若确定BLE连接结果是BLE连接成功结果，则可以启动数字钥匙验证，即向手机安全单元发送数字钥匙验证指示信息。其中，数字钥匙验证指示信息用于指示手机安全单元进行数字钥匙验证。
示例性的，手机车钥匙管理模块接收到BLE连接结果后，若确定BLE连接结果是BLE连接失败结果，则可以不启动数字钥匙验证。可选地，手机车钥匙管理模块可以在车辆管理应用的应用界面展示BLE连接失败结果，以提示用户手机蓝牙与车钥匙蓝牙连接失败，便于用户进行相应的处理如重新连接手机蓝牙和车钥匙蓝牙。
需要说明的是，当BLE连接结果是BLE连接成功结果时，手机车钥匙管理模块也可以在车辆管理应用的应用界面展示BLE连接成功结果，以告知用户手机蓝牙和车钥匙蓝牙成功连接，本申请实施例对此不作限制。
S706，手机安全单元向蓝牙模块A0发送数字车钥匙数据。
示例性的，手机安全单元接收到手机车钥匙管理模块发送的数字钥匙验证指示信息后，可以将从车企服务器申请的数字车钥匙数据，发送给蓝牙模块A0。
示例性的，为了保证数字车钥匙数据的安全，手机安全单元可以按照预设的加密算法对数字车钥匙数据进行加密，然后将数字车钥匙数据的密文发送给蓝牙模块A0。
S707，蓝牙模块A0向蓝牙模块A1发送数字车钥匙数据。
示例性的，蓝牙模块A0接收到数字车钥匙数据的密文后，可以通过BLE连接，将数字车钥匙数据的密文，发送至蓝牙模块A1。
S708，蓝牙模块A1向车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块发送数字车钥匙数据。
示例性的，蓝牙模块A1接收到数字车钥匙数据的密文后，可以将数字车钥匙数据的密文发送至车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块。
S709，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块向车载车钥匙安全单元发送数字车钥匙数据。
示例性的，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块接收到数字车钥匙数据的密文后，可以将数字车钥匙数据的密文发送至车载车钥匙安全单元。
S710，车载车钥匙安全单元基于数字车钥匙数据，进行数字车钥匙验证。
示例性的，车载车钥匙安全单元接收到数字车钥匙数据的密文后，可以根据预设的加密算法所对应的解密算法，对数字车钥匙数据的密文进行解密，得到数字车钥匙数据。然后可以将解密得到的数字车钥匙数据与从车企服务器获取的数字车钥匙数据进行比对，根据解密得到的数字车钥匙数据与从车企服务器获取的数字车钥匙数据的比对结果，生成验证结果。
示例性的，若解密得到的数字车钥匙数据与车企服务器发送的数字车钥匙数据匹配，则可以确定数字车钥匙验证成功，此时可以生成验证成功结果。若解密得到的数字车钥匙数据与车企服务器发送的数字车钥匙数据不匹配，则可以确定数字车钥匙验证失败，此时可以生成验证失败结果。
示例性的，验证结果可以包括验证成功结果或验证失败结果。
S711，车载车钥匙安全单元向车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块发送验证结果。
示例性的，车载车钥匙安全单元在生成验证结果后，可以向车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块发送验证结果。
S712，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块确定验证结果为验证成功结果时，向BCM模块发送开锁指示信息。
示例性的，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块接收到验证结果后，确定验证结果为验证成功结果时，可以向BCM模块发送开锁指示信息，开锁指示信息用于指示开锁。BCM模块接收到开锁指示信息后，可以打开车门的车锁。
示例性的，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块接收到验证结果后，确定验证结果为验证失败结果时，可以向蓝牙模块A1发送验证结果。然后蓝牙模块A1可以通过BLE连接向蓝牙模块A0发送验证结果，蓝牙模块A0再向手机车钥匙管理模块发送验证结果。手机车钥匙管理模块可以在车辆管理应用的应用界面，展示验证结果，以告知用户车钥匙验证失败。用户在获知车钥匙验证失败时，可以再次点击图5b(2)中的开锁选项507，以再次使用蓝牙车钥匙开锁。
需要说明的是，当验证结果为验证成功结果时，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块也可以向蓝牙模块A1发送验证结果，然后蓝牙模块A1可以通过BLE连接向蓝牙模块A0发送验证结果，蓝牙模块A0再向手机车钥匙管理模块发送验证结果。手机车钥匙管理模块可以在车辆管理应用的应用界面，展示验证结果，以告知用户车钥匙验证成功。
一种可能的方式中，可以是无感开锁，即无需用户点击图5b(2)中开锁选项507，而是根据手机与车辆的距离，自动开锁，以减少用户开锁操作，进而提高用户体验。示例性的，当手机与车辆的距离小于或等于第二设定距离时，可以自动触发开锁，第二设定距离可以按照需求设置，本申请实施例对此不作限制。其中，第二预设距离小于或等于第一预设距离。
示例性的，用户点击图5b(1)中的申请选项506后，若手机蓝牙处于关闭状态，手 机还可以响应于点击图5b(1)中的申请选项506的操作，启动手机蓝牙。若手机蓝牙处于开启状态，手机还可以响应于点击图5b(1)中的申请选项506的操作，指示蓝牙模块A0进行扫描。若手机蓝牙处于关闭状态，手机还可以响应于点击图5b(1)中的申请选项506的操作，展示蓝牙连接界面，由用户选择与手机连接的蓝牙设备。
示例性的，用户点击图5b(1)中的申请选项506后，手机还可以响应于点击图5b(1)中的申请选项506的操作，在车辆管理应用的应用界面显示连接蓝牙按钮。用户点击连接蓝牙按钮，若手机蓝牙处于关闭状态，手机可以响应于用户点击连接蓝牙按钮的操作，启动手机蓝牙。若手机蓝牙处于开启状态，手机可以响应于用户点击连接蓝牙按钮的操作，指示蓝牙模块A0进行扫描。若手机蓝牙处于关闭状态，手机可以响应于用户点击连接蓝牙按钮的操作，展示蓝牙连接界面，由用户选择与手机连接的蓝牙设备。
在用户第一次使用蓝牙车钥匙开锁过程中，用户可以携带手机靠近车辆，当手机与车辆距离等于第一设定距离时，蓝牙模块A0可以搜索到蓝牙模块A1发射的蓝牙信号，此时手机的蓝牙连接界面的搜索列表中可以显示出蓝牙模块A1的蓝牙名称。然后用户在蓝牙连接界面的搜索列表中点击蓝牙模块A1的蓝牙名称后，蓝牙模块A0和蓝牙模块A1可以建立BLE连接，这可以参照上文描述的建立BLE连接过程，在此不再赘述。
示例性的，待蓝牙模块A0和蓝牙模块A1建立BLE连接后，蓝牙模块A1可以通过BLE连接向蓝牙模块A0发送广播指示信息，广播指示信息用于指示蓝牙模块A0发送广播消息。蓝牙模块A0接收到广播指示信息后，可以发送广播消息。
示例性的，蓝牙模块A0发送广播消息后，蓝牙钥匙模块(主模块)、蓝牙钥匙模块(从模块1)、蓝牙钥匙模块(从模块2)、蓝牙钥匙模块(从模块3)......蓝牙钥匙模块(从模块n)，均可以接收到蓝牙模块A0的广播消息。蓝牙钥匙模块(主模块)和各蓝牙钥匙模块(从模块)在接收到蓝牙模块A0的广播消息的同时，可以测量各自接收到的蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙信号强度。其中，蓝牙钥匙模块(从模块)可以将各自接收到的蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙信号强度，发送至蓝牙钥匙模块(主模块)。蓝牙钥匙模块(主模块)可以根据各蓝牙钥匙模块(从模块)测量的蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙信号强度，确定手机与各蓝牙钥匙模块(从模块)的距离。以及蓝牙钥匙模块(主模块)可以根据自身测量的蓝牙信号强度，确定手机与蓝牙钥匙模块(主模块)的距离。然后蓝牙钥匙模块(主模块)根据三点定位算法、手机与蓝牙钥匙模块(主模块)的距离，以及手机与各蓝牙钥匙模块(从模块)的距离，计算手机与车辆的距离。
示例性的，当计算得到的手机与车辆的距离小于或等于第二预设距离时，蓝牙模块A1可以通过BLE连接，向蓝牙模块A0发送数字钥匙验证指示信息。蓝牙模块A0接收到数字钥匙验证指示信息后，可以将数字钥匙验证指示信息发送至手机安全单元，然后执行上述S706～S712，在此不再赘述。这样，可以确保当用户与车辆近距离时，再打开车锁，提高安全性。
示例性的，后续，用户携带手机靠近车辆过程中，当手机与车辆距离等于第一设定距离时，蓝牙模块A1可以自动回连蓝牙模块A0，然后当确定手机与车辆的距离小于或等于第二预设距离时，可以实现打开车辆车门锁。
示例性的，可以在蓝牙模块A0与蓝牙模块A1成功建立BLE连接后(此时手机与 车辆的距离小于或等于第一预设距离，且大于第二预设距离)，一方面，可以执行上述S704～S711。示例性的，在蓝牙模块A0与蓝牙模块A1成功建立BLE连接后，另一方面，蓝牙模块A1可以按照上文中描述的方式计算手机和车辆的距离，以及将手机与车辆的距离发送至车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块。示例性的，在执行完S711后，当车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块确定验证结果为验证成功结果，且确定手机与车辆的距离小于或等于第二预设距离时，再发送开锁指示信息给BCM模块。这样，也可以确保当用户与车辆近距离时，再打开车锁，提高了安全性。
需要说明的是，蓝牙模块A0与蓝牙模块A1也可以建立经典蓝牙连接，本发明实施例对此不作限制。其中，相对于建立经典蓝牙连接而言，蓝牙模块A0与蓝牙模块A1建立BLE连接，手机和车辆的功耗更低。
图9a为示例性示出的绑定示意图。参照图9a，一种可能方式中，在S703之后，若车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块确定验证结果为验证成功结果，则可以绑定手机蓝牙和车载娱乐系统的蓝牙。
图9b为示例性示出的蓝牙连接示意图。
S901，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块获取蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址。
示例性的，本申请实施例不限制S901与图6和图7b中任一步骤的执行顺序，也就是说，S901可以是在S601～S604中任一步骤之前或之后执行，也可以在S701～S712中任一步骤之前或之后执行。
示例性的，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块可以在车辆出厂时，获取蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址。
示例性的，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块可以在车辆出厂后，在车辆任意一次上电时，获取蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址。
示例性的，蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址，与蓝牙模块A1的蓝牙地址不同。
S902，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块向蓝牙模块A1发送蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址。
示例性的，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块获取到蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址后，可以将蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址发送给蓝牙模块A1。
S903，蓝牙模块A1通过BLE连接向蓝牙模块A0发送蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址。
示例性的，蓝牙模块A1接收到蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址后，可以通过BLE连接，将蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址发送给蓝牙模块A0。
S904，蓝牙模块A0通过BLE连接向蓝牙模块A1发送蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址。
示例性的，蓝牙模块A0接收到蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址后，一方面可以存储蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址，另一方面，可以将蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址，通过BLE连接发送给蓝牙模块A1。
S905，蓝牙模块A1向车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块发送蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址。
示例性的，蓝牙模块A1接收到蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址后，可以向车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块发送蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址。
示例性的，S902～S905，可以是在蓝牙模块A0与蓝牙模块A1建立BLE之后(即S703之后)执行，其中，S902～S905中的任一步骤，可以S704～S712中任一步骤之前或 之后执行。
S906，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块向蓝牙模块A2发送蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址。
示例性的，由于蓝牙模块A2是由车辆的整车供电系统供电的，若车辆未上电，则即使车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块向蓝牙模块A2发送蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址，蓝牙模块A2也无法接收到蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址。因此，可以等待车辆上电，当车辆上电时，可以触发车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块向蓝牙模块A2发送蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址，进而蓝牙模块A2可以接收到蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址。
S907，蓝牙模块A0和蓝牙模块A2建立经典蓝牙连接。
示例性的，蓝牙模块A2接收到蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址后，一方面可以存储蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址，另一方面可以与蓝牙模块A0建立经典蓝牙连接。
图10为示例性示出的蓝牙连接过程示意图。
S1001，发现阶段。
示例性的，蓝牙模块A0发送蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址后，即可进入发现阶段，即进行监听，以发现附近开启蓝牙功能的设备。
示例性的，蓝牙模块A2接收到蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址后，可以周期性地在指定的蓝牙信道上进行蓝牙广播。示例性的，指定的蓝牙信道可以为蓝牙信道37、蓝牙信道38和蓝牙信道39。
示例性的，蓝牙模块A2发送的蓝牙广播消息中，包括但不限于蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址和标识信息等。可选地，标识信息可以是蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙名称，本申请不做限定。也就是说，在发现阶段，蓝牙模块A0可获取到蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址及标识信息等信息。
需要说明的是，基于不同的协议，蓝牙模块A0在接收到蓝牙模块A2发送的蓝牙广播消息后，可以向蓝牙模块A2发送响应消息，也可以不做回复，本申请不做限定。
需要说明的是，也可以由蓝牙模块A0周期性的进行蓝牙广播，蓝牙模块A2进行监听，本申请实施例对此不作限制。
示例性的，若是由蓝牙模块A2进行蓝牙广播的，则蓝牙模块A0可以接收到蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙广播消息；然后蓝牙模块A0可以根据存储的蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址，向蓝牙模块A2发起寻呼。这样，无需用户在手机的蓝牙连接界面中选择所需连接的蓝牙设备，简化了用户操作。蓝牙模块A2响应该寻呼后，蓝牙模块A0和蓝牙模块A2之间可以建立链路连接。
示例性的，若是由蓝牙模块A0进行蓝牙广播的，则蓝牙模块A2可以接收到蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙广播消息；然后蓝牙模块A2可以根据存储的蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址，向蓝牙模块A0发起寻呼。这样，无需用户在车辆显示屏的蓝牙连接界面中选择所需连接的蓝牙设备，简化了用户操作。蓝牙模块A0响应该寻呼后，蓝牙模块A0和蓝牙模块A2之间可以建立链路连接。
示例性的，蓝牙模块A0和蓝牙模块A2建立链路连接后，蓝牙模块A0和蓝牙模块A2可以进入配对认证阶段。
S1002，配对认证阶段。
示例性的，在配对认证过程中，蓝牙模块A2和蓝牙模块A0，可以通过多次信令交互，进行配对特征交换、生成密钥、认证等步骤，具体可以参照已有蓝牙协议中的相关内容，此处不再赘述。
需要说明的是，在认证过程中，蓝牙模块A2可以向蓝牙A0模块发送第一认证信息，第一认证信息可以包括蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址。以及蓝牙模块A0可以向蓝牙模块A2发送第二认证信息，第二认证信息可以包括蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址。
一种可能方式中，本申请实施例为了减少用户操作，蓝牙模块A0在接收到第一认证信息后，可以比较第一认证信息中的蓝牙地址，和存储的蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址。若第一认证信息中的蓝牙地址，与存储的蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址匹配，则无需在手机的蓝牙连接界面弹出配对提示框，而是直接生成第一用户配对确认信息。第一用户配对确认信息用于表征手机的用户接受车辆中蓝牙模块A2与手机的蓝牙模块A0配对。
示例性的，蓝牙模块A2在接收到第二认证信息后，可以比较第二认证信息中的蓝牙地址，和存储的蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址。若与第二认证信息中的蓝牙地址，与存储的蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址匹配，则无需在车辆显示屏的蓝牙连接界面弹出显示配对提示框，直接生成第二用户配对确认信息。第二用户配对确认信息用于表征车辆的用户接受手机中蓝牙模块A0与车辆中的蓝牙模块A2配对。
示例性的，为了保证数据安全，所述第一认证信息中还可以包括与蓝牙模块A2相关的鉴权信息，以及所述第二认证信息中还可以包括与蓝牙模块A0相关的签权信息。其中，鉴权信息可以包括多种如随机数，可以根据鉴权方式确定，具体可以参照已有蓝牙协议中的相关内容，此处不再赘述。
示例性的，本申请实施例为了减少用户操作，蓝牙模块A0在对第一认证信息中签权信息的签权通过后，可以比较第一认证信息中的蓝牙地址，和存储的蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址。若第一认证信息中的蓝牙地址，与存储的蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址匹配，则无需在手机的蓝牙连接界面弹出配对提示框，而是直接生成第一用户配对确认信息。第一用户配对确认信息用于表征手机的用户接受车辆中蓝牙模块A2与手机的蓝牙模块A0配对。
示例性的，蓝牙模块A2在对第二认证信息中签权信息的签权通过后，可以比较第二认证信息中的蓝牙地址，和存储的蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址。若与第二认证信息中的蓝牙地址，与存储的蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址匹配，则无需在车辆显示屏的蓝牙连接界面弹出显示配对提示框，直接生成第二用户配对确认信息。第二用户配对确认信息用于表征车辆的用户接受手机中蓝牙模块A0与车辆中的蓝牙模块A2配对。
示例性的，配对认证阶段，可以进行蓝牙模块A0和蓝牙模块A2的绑定(Bonding)，即在配对认证过程中生成一个长期密钥(LTK，long-term Key)，如果配对双方把这个LTK存储起来放在Flash(闪存)中，那么这两个设备回连的时候，就可以跳过配对认证过程，而直接使用LTK对蓝牙连接进行加密。
S1003，建立A2DP连接和/或HFP连接。
示例性的，蓝牙模块A0和蓝牙模块A2配对认证成功后，可以建立应用层链接。
示例性的，应用层连接可以包括A2DP(Advanced Audio Distribution Profile，蓝牙音频传输模型协定)连接，后续可以通过车辆中的音频模块播放手机中的音频数据。
示例性的，应用层连接可以包括HFP(Hands-free Profile，电话免提协议)连接，后续用户可以通过车辆显示屏中的操作，实现接听手机来电，挂断手机来电，拒接手机来电，控制手机进行语音拨号等。
图11为示例性示出的应用场景示意图。
参照图11(1)，示例性的，图11的车辆座舱中包括显示屏(如中控屏)1102和车辆的方向盘1103。应当理解的是，车辆座舱具有比图11示出的更多的部件，本申请实施例对此不作限制。
示例性的，显示屏1102的显示界面中可以包括一个或多个控件，包括但不限于：应用图标(例如，日历应用的应用图标、音乐应用的应用图标、导航应用的应用图标等)、网络标识、电量标识等，本申请实施例对此不作限制。
示例性的，执行完上文的S712之后，车门开锁，用户打开车门，携带手机进入车辆的座舱内。待用户进入座舱并为车辆上电后，可以执行S906～S907，进而手机1101和车载娱乐系统之间即可建立蓝牙连接。
参照图11(2)，示例性的，当手机接收到来电时，蓝牙模块A0可以将来电信息发送给蓝牙模块A2，蓝牙模块A2再将来电信息发送给车载娱乐系统，由车载娱乐系统基于来电信息在显示屏1102中显示来电界面。示例性的，来电界面可以包括一个或多个控件，包括但不限于：拒绝选项、接受选项以及来电信息。用户可以通过在车辆显示屏中点击拒绝选项，来拒接手机中的来电，也可以通过在车辆显示屏中点击接受选项，来接听手机中的来电。
相对于现有技术需要用户手动操作建立手机蓝牙与车载娱乐系统蓝牙的连接而言，本申请实施例能够自动建立手机蓝牙与车载娱乐系统蓝牙的连接，无需用户手动操作，提高了用户体验。
一种可能的实现方式中，仅由蓝牙模块A0存储蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址，也可以实现建立手机蓝牙和车载娱乐系统蓝牙的连接。
图12为示例性示出的蓝牙连接示意图。
S1201，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块获取蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址。
S1202，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块向蓝牙模块A1发送蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址。
S1203，蓝牙模块A1通过BLE连接向蓝牙模块A0发送蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址。
示例性的，S1201～S1203可以参照上文S901～S903，在此不再赘述。
S1204，蓝牙模块A0和蓝牙模块A2建立经典蓝牙连接。
示例性的，S1204可以参照上文的S907，在此不再赘述。
需要说明的是，示例性的，S1204与S907的区别在于，在发现阶段，由蓝牙模块A2进行蓝牙广播。示例性的，在蓝牙模块A0和蓝牙模块A2建立链路连接的过程中，可以由蓝牙模块A0向蓝牙模块A2进行寻呼。
示例性的，在认证过程中，由于蓝牙模块A2没有存储蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址，因此蓝牙模块A2在接收到第二认证信息或对第二认证信息中签权信息的签权通过后，可以在车辆显示屏的蓝牙连接界面弹出配对提示框。示例性的，配对提示框包括一个或多个 控件，包括但不限于：接受选项和拒绝选项。用户点击接受选项后，蓝牙模块A2可以响应于用户的操作行为，生成第二用户配对确认信息。
一种可能的方式中，可以采用倒计时的方式，若在倒计时长内未接收到用户针对配对提示框的操作，则当默认选项是接受选项，可以生成第二用户配对确认信息。当若默认选项是拒绝选项，可以生成第二用户拒绝配对信息，此时蓝牙模块A2确定认证失败。其中，倒计时长可以按照需求设置，本申请实施例对此不作限制。
相对于现有技术建立手机蓝牙与车载娱乐系统蓝牙的连接过程中，需要用户执行打开蓝牙界面、选择蓝牙设备、输入配对码或配对确认等操作而言，本申请实施例仅需用户手动执行配对确认操作而无需执行其他操作，即可以绑定手机蓝牙与车载娱乐系统蓝牙，简化了用户的蓝牙连接操作，也能够提高用户体验。且仅需一方持有另一方的蓝牙地址即可，无需交换蓝牙地址，能够提高绑定手机蓝牙与车载娱乐系统蓝牙的效率。
一种可能的实现方式中，仅由蓝牙模块A2存储蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址，也可以实现建立手机蓝牙和车载娱乐系统蓝牙的连接。
图13为示例性示出的蓝牙连接示意图。
S1301，蓝牙模块A0通过BLE连接向蓝牙模块A1发送蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址。
S1302，蓝牙模块A1向车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块发送蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址。
S1303，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块向蓝牙模块A2发送蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址。
示例性的，S1301～S1303可以参照上文S904～S906，在此不再赘述。
S1304，蓝牙模块A0和蓝牙模块A2建立经典蓝牙连接。
示例性的，S1304可以参照上文的S907，在此不再赘述。
需要说明的是，示例性的，S1304与S907的区别在于，在发现阶段，由蓝牙模块A0进行蓝牙广播。示例性的，在蓝牙模块A0和蓝牙模块A2建立链路连接的过程中，可以由蓝牙模块A2向蓝牙模块A0进行寻呼。
示例性的，在配对认证过程中，由于蓝牙模块A0没有存储蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址，因此蓝牙模块A0在接收到第一认证信息或对第一认证信息中签权信息的签权通过后，在手机的蓝牙连接界面弹出配对提示框。示例性的，配对提示框包括一个或多个控件，包括但不限于：接受选项和拒绝选项。用户点击接受选项后，蓝牙模块A0可以响应于用户的操作行为，生成第一用户配对确认信息。
一种可能的方式中，可以采用倒计时的方式，若在倒计时长内未接收到用户针对配对提示框的操作，则当默认选项是接受选项时，可以生成第一用户配对确认信息。当默认选项是拒绝选项时，可以生成第一用户拒绝配对信息，此时蓝牙模块A0确定认证失败。其中，倒计时长可以按照需求设置，本申请实施例对此不作限制。
相对于现有技术建立手机蓝牙与车载娱乐系统蓝牙的连接过程中，需要用户执行打开蓝牙界面、选择蓝牙设备、输入配对码或配对确认等操作而言，本申请实施例仅需用户手动执行配对确认操作对而无需执行其他操作，即可以绑定手机蓝牙与车载娱乐系统蓝牙，简化了用户的蓝牙连接操作，也能够提高用户体验。且仅需一方持有另一方的蓝牙地址即可，无需交换蓝牙地址，能够提高绑定手机蓝牙与车载娱乐系统蓝牙的效率。
一种可能的方式中，可以将蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址和蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址均上传至车企服务器，然后由车企服务器将蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址发送至蓝牙模块A2，以及由车企服务器将蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址发送给蓝牙模块A0。
图14为示例性示出的蓝牙连接示意图。参照图14，示例性的，手机蓝牙和车载娱乐蓝牙绑定的过程如下：
S1401，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块获取蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址。
示例性的，S1401可以参照上文S901的描述，在此不再赘述。
S1402，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块向车企服务器发送蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址。
示例性的，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块在获取蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址后，可以将蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址发送给T-Box模块，由T-Box模块将蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址发送给车企服务器。
S1403，蓝牙模块A0向车企服务器发送蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址。
示例性的，蓝牙模块A0可以通过移动通信模块或无线通信模块，将蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址发送给车企服务器。
需要说明的是，本申请不限制S1402与S1403的执行顺序。
S1404，车企服务器向蓝牙模块A0发送蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址。
示例性的，车企服务器接收到蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址后，可以将蓝牙模块A2发送至手机，进而蓝牙模块A0可以通过移动通信模块或无线通信模块获取到蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址。
一种可能的方式中，车企服务器可以在接收到蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址后，执行S1404。
一种可能的方式中，若车企服务器已经接收到了蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址，则车企服务器可以在接收到蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址后，执行S1404。
S1405，车企服务器向车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块发送蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址。
示例性的，车企服务器接收到蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址后，可以将蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址发送至车辆的T-Box模块，由T-Box模块将蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址发送给车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块。
一种可能的方式中，车企服务器可以在接收到蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址后，执行S1405。
一种可能的方式中，若车企服务器已经接收到了蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址，则车企服务器可以在接收到蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址后，执行S1405。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例不限制S1404和S1405的执行顺序。
示例性的，本申请实施例不限制S1401～S1405中任一步骤，与图6和图7b中任一步骤的执行顺序，S1401～S1405中任一步骤可以是在S601～S604中任一步骤之前或之后执行，也可以是在S701～S712中任一步骤之前或之后执行。
S1406，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块向蓝牙模块A2发送蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址。
S1407，蓝牙模块A0和蓝牙模块A2建立经典蓝牙连接。
示例性的，S1406～S1407可以参照上文S906～S907的描述，在此不再赘述。
这样，相对于上文中通过蓝牙连接传递蓝牙地址而言，本申请实施例传递蓝牙地址，可以与使用蓝牙车钥匙开锁过程同步执行，也可以在使用蓝牙车钥匙开锁之前执行，进 而能够提高手机蓝牙与车载娱乐系统蓝牙绑定的效率。且仅需一方持有另一方的蓝牙地址即可，无需交换蓝牙地址，也能够提高绑定手机蓝牙与车载娱乐系统蓝牙连接的效率。
一种可能的方式中，可以将蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址上传至车企服务器，由车企服务器将蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址发送给蓝牙模块A0。
图15为示例性示出的蓝牙连接示意图。参照图15，示例性的，手机蓝牙和车载娱乐蓝牙绑定的过程如下：
S1501，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块获取蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址。
S1502，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块向车企服务器发送蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址。
示例性的，S1501～S1502可以参照上文S1401～S1402的描述，在此不再赘述。
S1503，车企服务器向蓝牙模块A0发送蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址。
示例性的，S1503可以参照上文S1404的描述，在此不再赘述。
示例性的，本申请实施例不限制S1501～S1503中任一步骤，与图6和图7b中任一步骤的执行顺序，S1501～S1503中任一步骤可以是在S601～S604中任一步骤之前或之后执行，也可以是在S701～S712中任一步骤之前或之后执行。
S1504，蓝牙模块A0和蓝牙模块A2建立经典蓝牙连接。
示例性的，S1504可以参照上文S1204的描述，在此不再赘述。
这样，相对于上文中通过蓝牙连接传递蓝牙地址而言，本申请实施例传递蓝牙地址，可以与使用蓝牙车钥匙开锁过程同步执行，也可以在使用蓝牙车钥匙开锁之前执行，进而能够提高手机蓝牙与车载娱乐系统蓝牙绑定的效率。且仅需一方持有另一方的蓝牙地址即可，无需交换蓝牙地址，也能够提高绑定手机蓝牙与车载娱乐系统蓝牙连接的效率。
一种可能的方式中，可以将蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址上传至车企服务器，由车企服务器将蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址发送给车辆的蓝牙模块A2。
图16为示例性示出的蓝牙连接示意图。参照图16，示例性的，手机蓝牙和车载娱乐蓝牙绑定的过程如下：
S1601，蓝牙模块A0向车企服务器发送蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址。
示例性的，S1601可以参照上文S1403的描述，在此不再赘述。
S1602，车企服务器向车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块发送蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址。
示例性的，S1602可以参照上文S1405的描述，在此不再赘述。
示例性的，本申请实施例不限制S1601～S1602中任一步骤，与图6和图7b中任一步骤的执行顺序，S1601～S1602中任一步骤可以是在S601～S604中任一步骤之前或之后执行，也可以是在S701～S712中任一步骤之前或之后执行。
S1603，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块向蓝牙模块A2发送蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址。
示例性的，S1603可以参照上文S1406，在此不再赘述。
S1604，蓝牙模块A0和蓝牙模块A2建立经典蓝牙连接。
示例性的，S1604可以参照上文S1304的描述，在此不再赘述。
这样，相对于上文中通过蓝牙连接传递蓝牙地址而言，本申请实施例传递蓝牙地址， 可以与使用蓝牙车钥匙开锁过程同步执行，也可以在使用蓝牙车钥匙开锁之前执行，进而能够提高手机蓝牙与车载娱乐系统蓝牙绑定的效率。且仅需一方持有另一方的蓝牙地址即可，无需交换蓝牙地址，也能够提高绑定手机蓝牙与车载娱乐系统蓝牙连接的效率。
示例性的，若车辆配置了NFC车钥匙系统，则一种可能的实现方式中，基于使用手机的NFC车钥匙开锁过程中建立的NFC连接，自动绑定手机蓝牙与车载娱乐系统蓝牙。
示例性的，在在使用NFC车钥匙开锁之前可以申请数字车钥匙，可以参照图4和图5a和图5b以及对应的描述，在此不再赘述。
图17为示例性示出的绑定示意图。参照图17，示例性的，用户将手机的NFC感应区域，靠近车辆的NFC感应区域(也就是NFC开锁区域，例如设置在后视镜或车门处)，然后两者可以进行数据交互，实现使用NFC车钥匙开锁。
图18为示例性示出的开锁过程示意图。
参照图18，示例性的，手机还可以包括手机NFC模块。示例性的，手机NFC模块可以包括NFC硬件和NFC的软件程序。
S1801，手机NFC模块和车载NFC钥匙模块建立NFC连接。
示例性的，用户成功申请数据车钥匙后，可以携带手机靠近车辆，然后可以将手机的NFC感应区域，靠近车辆的NFC感应区域，此时，可以手机NFC模块可以与车载NFC钥匙模块建立NFC连接。
示例性的，手机NFC模块和车载NFC钥匙模块建立的NFC连接可以是P2P(Peer to Peer，对等)连接。
S1802，手机NFC模块向手机车钥匙管理模块发送NFC连接结果。
示例性的，NFC连接结果可以包括NFC连接成功结果或NFC连接失败结果。
示例性的，NFC连接成功结果用于表征手机NFC模块与车载NFC钥匙模块成功建立NFC连接。
示例性的，NFC连接失败结果用于表征手机NFC模块与车载NFC钥匙模块建立NFC连接失败。
示例性的，手机NFC模块可以将NFC连接结果发送给手机车钥匙管理模块，由手机车钥匙管理模块根据NFC连接结果，确定是否启动数字钥匙验证。
S1803，手机车钥匙管理模块向手机安全单元发送数字钥匙验证指示信息。
示例性的，手机车钥匙管理模块接收到NFC连接结果后，若确定NFC连接结果是NFC连接成功结果，则可以启动数字钥匙验证，即向手机安全单元发送数字钥匙验证指示信息。其中，数字钥匙验证指示信息用于指示手机安全单元进行数字钥匙验证。
示例性的，手机车钥匙管理模块接收到NFC连接结果后，若确定NFC连接结果是NFC连接失败结果，则可以不启动数字钥匙验证。可选地，手机车钥匙管理模块可以在车辆管理应用的应用界面展示连接失败提示信息，以提示用户手机NFC与车钥匙NFC连接失败，便于用户进行相应的处理如重新将手机NFC感应区域靠近车辆的NFC感应区域。
需要说明的是，当NFC连接结果是NFC连接成功结果时，手机车钥匙管理模块也 可以在车辆管理应用的应用界面展示NFC连接成功结果，以告知用户手机NFC和车钥匙NFC成功连接，本申请实施例对此不作限制。
S1804，手机安全单元向手机NFC模块发送数字车钥匙数据。
示例性的，手机安全单元接收到手机车钥匙管理模块发送的数字钥匙验证指示信息后，可以将从车企服务器申请的数字车钥匙数据发送给手机NFC模块。
示例性的，为了保证车钥匙数据的安全，手机安全单元可以按照预设的加密算法对数字车钥匙数据进行加密，然后将数字车钥匙数据的密文发送给手机NFC模块。
S1805，手机NFC模块向车载NFC钥匙模块发送数字车钥匙数据。
示例性的，手机NFC模块接收到数字车钥匙数据的密文后，可以通过NFC连接，将数字车钥匙数据的密文，发送至车载NFC钥匙模块。
S1806，车载NFC钥匙模块向车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块发送数字车钥匙数据。
示例性的，车载NFC钥匙模块接收到数字车钥匙数据的密文后，可以将数字车钥匙数据的密文发送至车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块。
S1807，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块向车载车钥匙安全单元发送数字车钥匙数据。
S1808，车载车钥匙安全单元基于数字车钥匙数据，进行数字车钥匙验证。
S1809，车载车钥匙安全单元向车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块发送验证结果。
S1810，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块确定验证结果为验证成功结果时，向BCM模块发送开锁指示信息。
示例性的，S1807～S1810可以参照S708～S712的描述，在此不再赘述。
图19为示例性示出的蓝牙绑定示意图。参照图19，一种可能方式中，在S1801之后，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块可以绑定手机蓝牙和车载娱乐系统的蓝牙。
图19为示例性示出的蓝牙连接示意图。
S1901，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块获取蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址。
示例性的，本申请实施例不限制S1901与图6和图18中任一步骤的执行顺序，S901可以是在S601～S604中任一步骤或S1801～S1810中任一步骤之前或之后执行。
S1902，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块向车载NFC钥匙模块发送蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址。
示例性的，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块获取到蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址后，可以通过CAN总线，将蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址发送给车载NFC钥匙模块。
S1903，车载NFC钥匙模块通过NFC连接向手机NFC模块发送蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址。
示例性的，车载NFC钥匙模块接收到蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址后，可以产生射频场，此时，手机NFC模块可以关闭射频场，进入侦听模式。然后车载NFC钥匙模块可以按照选择的传输速率将蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址，传输至手机NFC模块。
S1904，手机NFC模块向蓝牙模块A0发送蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址。
示例性的，手机NFC模块接收到蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址后，可以将蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址发送给蓝牙模块A0。
S1905，蓝牙模块A0向手机NFC模块发送蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址。
示例性的，蓝牙模块A0接收到蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址后，可以将蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址发送给手机NFC模块。
S1906，手机NFC模块通过NFC连接向车载NFC钥匙模块发送蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址。
示例性的，手机NFC模块可以产生射频场，此时，车载NFC钥匙模块可以关闭射频场，进入侦听模式。然后手机NFC模块可以按照选择的传输速率将蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址，传输至车载NFC钥匙模块。
S1907，车载NFC钥匙模块向车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块发送蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址。
示例性的，车载NFC钥匙模块接收到蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址后，可以将蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址发送至车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块。
示例性的，S1902～S1907，可以是在手机NFC模块与车载NFC钥匙模块建立NFC之后执行，其中，S1902～S1907中的任一步骤，可以S1802～S1809中任一步骤之前或之后执行。
S1908，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块向蓝牙模块A2发送蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址。
S1909，蓝牙模块A0和蓝牙模块A2建立经典蓝牙连接。
示例性的，S1908～S1909可以参照S906～S907的描述，在此不再赘述。
相对于现有技术需要用户手动操作建立手机蓝牙与车载娱乐系统蓝牙的连接而言，本申请实施例能够自动建立手机蓝牙与车载娱乐系统蓝牙的连接，无需用户手动操作，提高了用户体验。
一种可能的实现方式中，仅由蓝牙模块A0存储蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址，也可以实现建立手机蓝牙和车载娱乐系统蓝牙的连接。
图20为示例性示出的蓝牙连接示意图。
S2001，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块获取蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址。
S2002，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块向车载NFC钥匙模块发送蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址。
S2003，车载NFC钥匙模块通过NFC连接向手机NFC模块发送蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址。
S2004，手机NFC模块向蓝牙模块A0发送蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址。
S2005，蓝牙模块A0和蓝牙模块A2建立经典蓝牙连接。
示例性的，S2001～S2005可以参照上文S1901～S1904以及S1909，在此不再赘述。
需要说明的是，示例性的，S2005与S1909的区别在于，在发现阶段，由蓝牙模块A2进行蓝牙广播。示例性的，在蓝牙模块A0和蓝牙模块A2建立链路连接的过程中，可以由蓝牙模块A0向蓝牙模块A2进行寻呼。
示例性的，在认证过程中，由于蓝牙模块A2没有存储蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址，因此蓝牙模块A2在接收到第二认证信息或对第二认证信息中签权信息的签权通过后，可以在车辆显示屏的蓝牙连接界面弹出配对提示框。示例性的，配对提示框包括一个或多个控件，包括但不限于：接受选项和拒绝选项。用户点击接受选项后，蓝牙模块A2可以响应于用户的操作行为，生成第二用户配对确认信息。
一种可能的方式中，可以采用倒计时的方式，若在倒计时长内未接收到用户针对配对提示框的操作，则当默认选项是接受选项，可以生成第二用户配对确认信息。当若默认选项是拒绝选项，可以生成第二用户拒绝配对信息，此时蓝牙模块A2确定认证失败。其中，倒计时长可以按照需求设置，本申请实施例对此不作限制。
相对于现有技术建立手机蓝牙与车载娱乐系统蓝牙的连接过程中，需要用户执行打开蓝牙界面、选择蓝牙设备、输入配对码或配对确认等操作而言，本申请实施例仅需用户手动执行配对确认操作对而无需执行其他操作，即可以绑定手机蓝牙与车载娱乐系统蓝牙，简化了用户的蓝牙连接操作，也能够提高用户体验。且仅需一方持有另一方的蓝牙地址即可，无需交换蓝牙地址，能够提高绑定手机蓝牙与车载娱乐系统蓝牙的效率。
一种可能的实现方式中，仅由蓝牙模块A2存储蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址，也可以实现建立手机蓝牙和车载娱乐系统蓝牙的连接。
图21为示例性示出的蓝牙连接示意图。
S2101，蓝牙模块A0向手机NFC模块发送蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址。
S2102，手机NFC模块通过NFC连接向车载NFC钥匙模块发送蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址。
S2103，车载NFC钥匙模块向车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块发送蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址。
S2104，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块向蓝牙模块A2发送蓝牙模块A0的蓝牙地址。
S2105，蓝牙模块A0和蓝牙模块A2建立经典蓝牙连接。
示例性的，S2101～S2105可以参照上文S1905～S1909，在此不再赘述。
需要说明的是，示例性的，S2105与S1909的区别在于，在发现阶段，由蓝牙模块A0进行蓝牙广播。示例性的，在蓝牙模块A0和蓝牙模块A2建立链路连接的过程中，可以由蓝牙模块A2向蓝牙模块A0进行寻呼。
示例性的，在配对认证过程中，由于蓝牙模块A0没有存储蓝牙模块A2的蓝牙地址，因此蓝牙模块A0在接收到第一认证信息或对第一认证信息中签权信息的签权通过后，在手机的蓝牙连接界面弹出配对提示框。示例性的，配对提示框包括一个或多个控件，包括但不限于：接受选项和拒绝选项。用户点击接受选项后，蓝牙模块A0可以响应于用户的操作行为，生成第一用户配对确认信息。
一种可能的方式中，可以采用倒计时的方式，若在倒计时长内未接收到用户针对配对提示框的操作，则当默认选项是接受选项时，可以生成第一用户配对确认信息。当默认选项是拒绝选项时，可以生成第一用户拒绝配对信息，此时蓝牙模块A0确定认证失败。其中，倒计时长可以按照需求设置，本申请实施例对此不作限制。
相对于现有技术建立手机蓝牙与车载娱乐系统蓝牙的连接过程中，需要用户执行打开蓝牙界面、选择蓝牙设备、输入配对码或配对确认等操作而言，本申请实施例仅需用户手动执行配对确认操作对而无需执行其他操作，即可以绑定手机蓝牙与车载娱乐系统蓝牙，简化了用户的蓝牙连接操作，也能够提高用户体验。且仅需一方持有另一方的蓝牙地址即可，无需交换蓝牙地址，能够提高绑定手机蓝牙与车载娱乐系统蓝牙的效率。
示例性的，本申请实施例提供一种电子设备，包括：第一蓝牙模块，用于基于第一蓝牙模块与车辆中第二蓝牙模块的第一蓝牙连接，接收车辆发送的车辆中第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，第一蓝牙连接是首次采用电子设备进行蓝牙车钥匙开锁过程中建立的；以及基于第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，与第三蓝牙模块首次建立第二蓝牙连接，其中，第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第一蓝牙模块确认与第三蓝牙模块的配对。
示例性的，第一蓝牙模块，还用于接收第三蓝牙模块发送的第一认证信息，第一认证信息包括第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；以及确定第一认证信息中蓝牙地址，与基于第一蓝牙连接接收到的蓝牙地址匹配时，生成第一用户配对确认信息，其中，第一用户配对确认信息用于指示电子设备的用户接受第三蓝牙模块与第一蓝牙模块配对。
示例性的，第一蓝牙模块，还用于在首次建立第二蓝牙连接之前，基于第一蓝牙连接，向第二蓝牙模块发送第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，以由第二蓝牙模块通过车辆中车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块，向第三蓝牙模块发送第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；其中，第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第三蓝牙模块确认与第一蓝牙模块的配对。
示例性的，第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址还用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第一蓝牙模块向第三蓝牙模块发起寻呼。
示例性的，本申请实施例提供一种车辆，车辆包括第二蓝牙模块、车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块和第三蓝牙模块，其中：第二蓝牙模块，用于基于第二蓝牙模块与电子设备中第一蓝牙模块的第一蓝牙连接，接收第一蓝牙模块发送的第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，第一蓝牙连接是首次采用电子设备进行蓝牙车钥匙开锁过程中建立的；以及将第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址发送至车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块；车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块，用于将第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，发送至第三蓝牙模块；第三蓝牙模块，用于基于第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，与第一蓝牙模块首次建立第二蓝牙连接，其中，第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第三蓝牙模块确认与第一蓝牙模块的配对。
示例性的，第三蓝牙模块，还用于接收第一蓝牙模块发送的第二认证信息，第二认证信息包括第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；以及确定第二认证信息中蓝牙地址，与基于第一蓝牙连接接收到的蓝牙地址匹配时，生成第二用户配对确认信息，其中，第二用户配对确认信息用于指示车辆的用户接受第一蓝牙模块与第三蓝牙模块配对。
示例性的，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块，还用于在首次建立第二蓝牙连接之前，从第三蓝牙模块，获取第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；以及将第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，发送至第二蓝牙模块；第二蓝牙模块，还用于基于第一蓝牙连接，向第一蓝牙模块发送第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，其中，第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第一蓝牙模块确定与第三蓝牙模块的配对。
示例性的，第二蓝牙模块为车辆中蓝牙钥匙模块对应的蓝牙模块；第三蓝牙模块为车辆中车载娱乐系统对应的蓝牙模块。
示例性的，第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址还用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第三蓝牙 模块向第一蓝牙模块发起寻呼。
示例性的，本申请实施例提供一种电子设备，包括：第一蓝牙模块，用于从服务器接收车辆中第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址是车辆向服务器发送的；以及基于第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，与第三蓝牙模块首次建立第二蓝牙连接，其中，第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第一蓝牙模块确认与第三蓝牙模块的配对。
示例性的，第一蓝牙模块，还用于接收第三蓝牙模块发送的第一认证信息，第一认证信息包括第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；第一蓝牙模块确定第一认证信息中蓝牙地址，与基于第一蓝牙连接接收到的蓝牙地址匹配时，生成第一用户配对确认信息，其中，第一用户配对确认信息用于指示电子设备的用户接受第三蓝牙模块与第一蓝牙模块配对。
示例性的，第一蓝牙模块，还用于向服务器发送第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，以由服务器通过车辆的车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块，将第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址发送至第三蓝牙模块，其中，第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第三蓝牙模块确认与第一蓝牙模块的配对。
示例性的，第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址还用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第一蓝牙模块向第三蓝牙模块发起寻呼。
示例性的，本申请实施例提供一种车辆，车辆包括车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块和第三蓝牙模块，其中：车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块，用于从服务器接收电子设备中第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址是第一蓝牙模块向服务器发送的；以及将第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，发送至车辆的第三蓝牙模块；第三蓝牙模块，用于基于第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，与第一蓝牙模块首次建立第二蓝牙连接，其中，第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第三蓝牙模块确认与第一蓝牙模块的配对。
示例性的，第三蓝牙模块，还用于接收第一蓝牙模块发送的第二认证信息，第二认证信息包括第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；以及确定第二认证信息中蓝牙地址，与基于第一蓝牙连接接收到的蓝牙地址匹配时，生成第二用户配对确认信息，其中，第二用户配对确认信息用于指示车辆的用户接受第一蓝牙模块与第二蓝牙模块配对。
示例性的，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块，还用于在首次建立第二蓝牙连接之前，从第三蓝牙模块，获取第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；以及向服务器发送第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，以由服务器将第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，发送至第一蓝牙模块；其中，第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第一蓝牙模块确认与第三蓝牙模块的配对。
示例性的，第二蓝牙模块为车辆中蓝牙钥匙模块对应的蓝牙模块；第三蓝牙模块为车辆中车载娱乐系统对应的蓝牙模块。
示例性的，第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址还用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第三蓝牙模块向第一蓝牙模块发起寻呼。
示例性的，本申请实施例提供一种电子设备，包括：NFC模块，用于基于与车辆中 车载NFC钥匙模块的NFC连接，接收车辆发送的车辆中第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，NFC连接是首次采用电子设备进行NFC车钥匙开锁过程中建立的；以及向电子设备中第一蓝牙模块，发送第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址。第一蓝牙模块，用于基于第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，与第三蓝牙模块首次建立第二蓝牙连接，其中，第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第一蓝牙模块确认与第三蓝牙模块的配对。
示例性的，第一蓝牙模块，还用于接收第三蓝牙模块发送的第一认证信息，第一认证信息包括第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；第一蓝牙模块确定第一认证信息中蓝牙地址，与基于NFC连接接收到的蓝牙地址匹配时，生成第一用户配对确认信息，其中，第一用户配对确认信息用于指示电子设备的用户接受第三蓝牙模块与第一蓝牙模块配对。
示例性的，第一蓝牙模块，还用于在首次建立第二蓝牙连接之前，向NFC模块发送第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；NFC模块，还用于基于NFC连接，向车载NFC钥匙模块发送第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，以由车载NFC钥匙模块通过车辆中车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块，向第三蓝牙模块发送第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；其中，第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第三蓝牙模块确认与第一蓝牙模块的配对。这样，能够使得第三蓝牙模块获取到第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，后续，能够基于第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，自动与第一蓝牙模块进行配对及连接。
示例性的，第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址还用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第一蓝牙模块向第三蓝牙模块发起寻呼。
示例性的，本申请实施例提供一种车辆，包括：车载NFC钥匙模块、车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块和第三蓝牙模块，其中：车载NFC钥匙模块，用于基于与电子设备中NFC模块的NFC连接，接收第一蓝牙模块发送的第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，NFC连接是首次采用电子设备进行NFC车钥匙开锁过程中建立的；以及将第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，发送至车辆中的车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块。车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块，用于将第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，发送至车辆中的第三蓝牙模块；第三蓝牙模块，用于基于第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，与第一蓝牙模块首次建立第二蓝牙连接，其中，第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第三蓝牙模块确认与第一蓝牙模块的配对。
示例性的，第三蓝牙模块，还用于接收第一蓝牙模块发送的第二认证信息，第二认证信息包括第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；第三蓝牙模块确定第二认证信息中蓝牙地址，与基于NFC连接接收到的蓝牙地址匹配时，生成第二用户配对确认信息，其中，第二用户配对确认信息用于指示车辆的用户接受第一蓝牙模块与第三蓝牙模块配对。
示例性的，车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块，还用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接之前，从第三蓝牙模块，获取第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；以及将第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，发送至车载NFC钥匙模块。车载NFC钥匙模块，还用于基于NFC连接，向电子设备中NFC模块发送第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，以由NFC模块向第一蓝牙模块发送第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，其中，第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第一蓝牙模块确定与第三蓝牙模块的配对。这样，能够使得第一蓝牙模块获取到第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，后续，能够基于第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，自动与第三蓝牙模块进行配对及连接。
示例性的，第三蓝牙模块为车辆中车载娱乐系统对应的蓝牙模块。
示例性的，第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址还用于首次建立第二蓝牙连接过程中第三蓝牙模块向第一蓝牙模块发起寻呼。
一个示例中，图22示出了本申请实施例的一种装置2200的示意性框图装置2200可包括：处理器2201和收发器/收发管脚2202，可选地，还包括存储器2203。
装置2200的各个组件通过总线2204耦合在一起，其中总线2204除包括数据总线之外，还包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线。但是为了清楚说明起见，在图中将各种总线都称为总线2204。
可选地，存储器2203可以用于前述方法实施例中的指令。该处理器2201可用于执行存储器2203中的指令，并控制接收管脚接收信号，以及控制发送管脚发送信号。
装置2200可以是上述方法实施例中的电子设备或电子设备的芯片。
其中，上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述，在此不再赘述。
本实施例还提供一种计算机存储介质，该计算机存储介质中存储有计算机指令，当该计算机指令在电子设备上运行时，使得电子设备执行上述相关方法步骤实现上述实施例中的蓝牙连接方法。
本实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品，当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述相关步骤，以实现上述实施例中的蓝牙连接方法。
另外，本申请的实施例还提供一种装置，这个装置具体可以是芯片，组件或模块，该装置可包括相连的处理器和存储器；其中，存储器用于存储计算机执行指令，当装置运行时，处理器可执行存储器存储的计算机执行指令，以使芯片执行上述各方法实施例中的蓝牙连接方法。
其中，本实施例提供的电子设备、计算机存储介质、计算机程序产品或芯片均用于执行上文所提供的对应的方法，因此，其所能达到的有益效果可参考上文所提供的对应的方法中的有益效果，此处不再赘述。
通过以上实施方式的描述，所属领域的技术人员可以了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明，实际应用中，可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成，即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块，以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，模块或单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个装置，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是一个物理单元或多个物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个不同地方。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。
本申请各个实施例的任意内容，以及同一实施例的任意内容，均可以自由组合。对上述内容的任意组合均在本申请的范围之内。
集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一个设备(可以是单片机，芯片等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read only memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
上面结合附图对本申请的实施例进行了描述，但是本申请并不局限于上述的具体实施方式，上述的具体实施方式仅仅是示意性的，而不是限制性的，本领域的普通技术人员在本申请的启示下，在不脱离本申请宗旨和权利要求所保护的范围情况下，还可做出很多形式，均属于本申请的保护之内。
结合本申请实施例公开内容所描述的方法或者算法的步骤可以硬件的方式来实现，也可以是由处理器执行软件指令的方式来实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成，软件模块可以被存放于随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、闪存、只读存储器(Read Only Memory，ROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable Programmable ROM，EPROM)、电可擦可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM，EEPROM)、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、只读光盘(CD-ROM)或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器，从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息，且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然，存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。
本领域技术人员应该可以意识到，在上述一个或多个示例中，本申请实施例所描述的功能可以用硬件、软件、固件或它们的任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以将这些功能存储在计算机可读介质中或者作为计算机可读介质上的一个或多个指令或代码进行传输。计算机可读介质包括计算机存储介质和通信介质，其中通信介质包括便于从一个地方向另一个地方传送计算机程序的任何介质。存储介质可以是通用或专用计算机能够存取的任何可用介质。
上面结合附图对本申请的实施例进行了描述，但是本申请并不局限于上述的具体实施方式，上述的具体实施方式仅仅是示意性的，而不是限制性的，本领域的普通技术人 员在本申请的启示下，在不脱离本申请宗旨和权利要求所保护的范围情况下，还可做出很多形式，均属于本申请的保护之内。

Claims (25)

  1. 一种蓝牙连接方法，其特征在于，应用于电子设备中，所述方法包括：
    所述电子设备中第一蓝牙模块基于与车辆中第二蓝牙模块的第一蓝牙连接，接收所述车辆发送的所述车辆中第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，所述第一蓝牙连接是首次采用所述电子设备进行蓝牙车钥匙开锁过程中建立的；
    所述第一蓝牙模块基于所述第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，与所述第三蓝牙模块首次建立第二蓝牙连接，其中，所述第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立所述第二蓝牙连接过程中所述第一蓝牙模块确认与所述第三蓝牙模块的配对。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一蓝牙模块确认与所述第三蓝牙模块的配对，包括：
    所述第一蓝牙模块接收所述第三蓝牙模块发送的第一认证信息，所述第一认证信息包括所述第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；
    所述第一蓝牙模块确定所述第一认证信息中蓝牙地址，与基于所述第一蓝牙连接接收到的蓝牙地址匹配时，生成第一用户配对确认信息，其中，所述第一用户配对确认信息用于指示所述电子设备的用户接受所述第三蓝牙模块与所述第一蓝牙模块配对。
  3. 根据权利要求1至2任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述首次建立第二蓝牙连接之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一蓝牙模块基于所述第一蓝牙连接，向所述第二蓝牙模块发送所述第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，以由所述第二蓝牙模块通过所述车辆中车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块，向所述第三蓝牙模块发送所述第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；
    其中，所述第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立所述第二蓝牙连接过程中所述第三蓝牙模块确认与所述第一蓝牙模块的配对。
  4. 根据权利要求1至3任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址还用于首次建立所述第二蓝牙连接过程中所述第一蓝牙模块向所述第三蓝牙模块发起寻呼。
  5. 根据权利要求1至4任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第二蓝牙模块为车辆中蓝牙钥匙模块对应的蓝牙模块；
    所述第三蓝牙模块为车辆中车载娱乐系统对应的蓝牙模块。
  6. 一种蓝牙连接方法，其特征在于，应用于车辆中，所述方法包括：
    所述车辆中第二蓝牙模块基于与电子设备中第一蓝牙模块的第一蓝牙连接，接收所述第一蓝牙模块发送的所述第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，所述第一蓝牙连接是首次采用所述电子设备进行蓝牙车钥匙开锁过程中建立的；
    所述第二蓝牙模块将所述第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，发送至所述车辆中的车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块；
    所述车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块将所述第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，发送至所述车辆中的第三蓝牙模块；
    所述第三蓝牙模块基于所述第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，与所述第一蓝牙模块首次建立第二蓝牙连接，其中，所述第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立所述第二蓝牙连接过程中所述第三蓝牙模块确认与所述第一蓝牙模块的配对。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第三蓝牙模块与所述第一蓝牙模块进行配对确认，包括：
    所述第三蓝牙模块接收所述第一蓝牙模块发送的第二认证信息，所述第二认证信息包括第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；
    所述第三蓝牙模块确定所述第二认证信息中蓝牙地址，与基于所述第一蓝牙连接接收到的蓝牙地址匹配时，生成第二用户配对确认信息，其中，所述第二用户配对确认信息用于指示所述车辆的用户接受所述第一蓝牙模块与所述第三蓝牙模块配对。
  8. 根据权利要求6至7任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述首次建立第二蓝牙连接之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块从所述第三蓝牙模块，获取所述第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；
    所述车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块将所述第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，发送至所述第二蓝牙模块；
    所述第二蓝牙模块基于所述第一蓝牙连接，向所述第一蓝牙模块发送所述第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，其中，所述第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立所述第二蓝牙连接过程中所述第一蓝牙模块确定与所述第三蓝牙模块的配对。
  9. 根据权利要求6至8任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址还用于首次建立所述第二蓝牙连接过程中所述第三蓝牙模块向所述第一蓝牙模块发起寻呼。
  10. 根据权利要求6至9任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第二蓝牙模块为车辆中蓝牙钥匙模块对应的蓝牙模块；
    所述第三蓝牙模块为车辆中车载娱乐系统对应的蓝牙模块。
  11. 一种蓝牙连接方法，其特征在于，应用于电子设备中，所述方法包括：
    所述电子设备的第一蓝牙模块从服务器接收车辆中第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，所述第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址是所述车辆向服务器发送的；
    所述第一蓝牙模块基于所述第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，与所述第三蓝牙模块首次建 立第二蓝牙连接，其中，所述第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立所述第二蓝牙连接过程中所述第一蓝牙模块确认与所述第三蓝牙模块的配对。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一蓝牙模块确认与所述第三蓝牙模块的配对，包括：
    所述第一蓝牙模块接收所述第三蓝牙模块发送的第一认证信息，所述第一认证信息包括第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；
    所述第一蓝牙模块确定所述第一认证信息中蓝牙地址，与基于所述第一蓝牙连接接收到的蓝牙地址匹配时，生成第一用户配对确认信息，其中，所述第一用户配对确认信息用于指示所述电子设备的用户接受所述第三蓝牙模块与所述第一蓝牙模块配对。
  13. 根据权利要求11至12任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述首次建立第二蓝牙连接之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一蓝牙模块向所述服务器发送所述第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，以由所述服务器通过所述车辆的车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块，将所述第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址发送至所述第三蓝牙模块，其中，所述第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立所述第二蓝牙连接过程中所述第三蓝牙模块确认与所述第一蓝牙模块的配对。
  14. 根据权利要求11至13任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址还用于首次建立所述第二蓝牙连接过程中所述第一蓝牙模块向所述第三蓝牙模块发起寻呼。
  15. 根据权利要求11至14任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第二蓝牙模块为车辆中蓝牙钥匙模块对应的蓝牙模块；
    所述第三蓝牙模块为车辆中车载娱乐系统对应的蓝牙模块。
  16. 一种蓝牙连接方法，其特征在于，应用于车辆中，所述方法包括：
    所述车辆的车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块，从服务器接收电子设备中第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，所述第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址是所述第一蓝牙模块向所述服务器发送的；
    所述车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块将所述第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，发送至所述车辆的第三蓝牙模块；
    所述第三蓝牙模块基于所述第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，与所述第一蓝牙模块首次建立第二蓝牙连接，其中，所述第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立所述第二蓝牙连接过程中所述第三蓝牙模块确认与所述第一蓝牙模块的配对。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第三蓝牙模块确认与所述第一蓝牙模块的配对，包括：
    所述第三蓝牙模块接收所述第一蓝牙模块发送的第二认证信息，所述第二认证信息 包括第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；
    所述第三蓝牙模块确定所述第二认证信息中蓝牙地址，与基于所述第一蓝牙连接接收到的蓝牙地址匹配时，生成第二用户配对确认信息，其中，所述第二用户配对确认信息用于指示所述车辆的用户接受所述第一蓝牙模块与所述第二蓝牙模块配对。
  18. 根据权利要求16至17任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述首次建立第二蓝牙连接之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块从所述第三蓝牙模块，获取所述第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址；
    所述车载蓝牙钥匙管理模块向所述服务器，发送所述第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，以由所述服务器将所述第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址，发送至所述第一蓝牙模块；
    其中，所述第三蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址用于首次建立所述第二蓝牙连接过程中所述第一蓝牙模块确认与所述第三蓝牙模块的配对。
  19. 根据权利要求16至18任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一蓝牙模块的蓝牙地址还用于首次建立所述第二蓝牙连接过程中所述第三蓝牙模块向所述第一蓝牙模块发起寻呼。
  20. 根据权利要求16至19任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第二蓝牙模块为车辆中蓝牙钥匙模块对应的蓝牙模块；
    所述第三蓝牙模块为车辆中车载娱乐系统对应的蓝牙模块。
  21. 一种电子设备，其特征在于，包括：
    存储器和处理器，所述存储器与所述处理器耦合；
    所述存储器存储有程序指令，当所述程序指令由所述处理器执行时，使得所述电子设备执行权利要求1至权利要求5中任一项电子设备所执行的蓝牙连接方法，或，使得所述电子设备执行权利要求11至权利要求15中任一项电子设备所执行的蓝牙连接方法。
  22. 一种车辆，其特征在于，包括：
    存储器和处理器，所述存储器与所述处理器耦合；
    所述存储器存储有程序指令，当所述程序指令由所述处理器执行时，使得所述车辆执行权利要求6至权利要求10中任一项车辆所执行的蓝牙连接方法，或，使得所述车辆执行权利要求16至权利要求20中任一项电子设备所执行的蓝牙连接方法。
  23. 一种芯片，其特征在于，包括一个或多个接口电路和一个或多个处理器；所述接口电路用于从电子设备的存储器接收信号，并向所述处理器发送所述信号，所述信号包括存储器中存储的计算机指令；当所述处理器执行所述计算机指令时，使得所述电子设备执行权利要求1至权利要求5中任一项电子设备所执行的蓝牙连接方法，或，使得所 述电子设备执行权利要求11至权利要求15中任一项电子设备所执行的蓝牙连接方法。
  24. 一种芯片，其特征在于，包括一个或多个接口电路和一个或多个处理器；所述接口电路用于从车辆的存储器接收信号，并向所述处理器发送所述信号，所述信号包括存储器中存储的计算机指令；当所述处理器执行所述计算机指令时，使得所述车辆执行权利要求6至权利要求10中任一项车辆所执行的蓝牙连接方法，或，使得所述车辆执行权利要求16至权利要求20中任一项电子设备所执行的蓝牙连接方法。
  25. 一种计算机存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序，当所述计算机程序运行在计算机或处理器上时，使得所述计算机或所述处理器执行如权利要求1至权利要求20中任一项所述的蓝牙连接方法。
PCT/CN2022/112912 2021-08-31 2022-08-17 蓝牙连接方法及电子设备 WO2023029990A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202111016696.3 2021-08-31
CN202111016696.3A CN115734187A (zh) 2021-08-31 2021-08-31 蓝牙连接方法及电子设备

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023029990A1 true WO2023029990A1 (zh) 2023-03-09

Family

ID=85291707

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/112912 WO2023029990A1 (zh) 2021-08-31 2022-08-17 蓝牙连接方法及电子设备

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115734187A (zh)
WO (1) WO2023029990A1 (zh)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2015196943A1 (zh) * 2014-06-24 2015-12-30 比亚迪股份有限公司 车辆的控制系统、方法、装置及计算机可读存储介质
US10491734B1 (en) * 2019-01-04 2019-11-26 Faraday&Future Inc. User-friendly vehicle bluetooth pairing scheme
CN111186414A (zh) * 2019-12-31 2020-05-22 深圳前海智安信息科技有限公司 一种汽车蓝牙钥匙安全管理系统及方法
CN112291740A (zh) * 2019-07-11 2021-01-29 上海擎感智能科技有限公司 智能终端与车载终端蓝牙互联方法、系统、介质及t-box

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2015196943A1 (zh) * 2014-06-24 2015-12-30 比亚迪股份有限公司 车辆的控制系统、方法、装置及计算机可读存储介质
US10491734B1 (en) * 2019-01-04 2019-11-26 Faraday&Future Inc. User-friendly vehicle bluetooth pairing scheme
CN112291740A (zh) * 2019-07-11 2021-01-29 上海擎感智能科技有限公司 智能终端与车载终端蓝牙互联方法、系统、介质及t-box
CN111186414A (zh) * 2019-12-31 2020-05-22 深圳前海智安信息科技有限公司 一种汽车蓝牙钥匙安全管理系统及方法

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115734187A (zh) 2023-03-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021147745A1 (zh) 蓝牙连接方法、系统和电子设备
WO2020211714A1 (zh) 蓝牙扫描方法和电子设备
CN112449332B (zh) 一种蓝牙连接的方法和电子设备
CN110602686B (zh) 一种使用远程sim模块的方法及电子设备
WO2023000969A1 (zh) 蜂窝通信功能的使用方法、相关装置及系统
CN117014859A (zh) 基于通讯录的设备发现方法、音视频通信方法及电子设备
WO2022179443A1 (zh) Nfc通信方法、电子设备及系统
CN108924820B (zh) 共享sim卡实现方法、装置、设备和存储介质
CN113965789B (zh) 一种投屏方法、终端和通信系统
WO2023071940A1 (zh) 跨设备的导航任务的同步方法、装置、设备及存储介质
WO2023029990A1 (zh) 蓝牙连接方法及电子设备
CN113869911A (zh) 借车方法、还车方法、车载终端及车辆借还系统
CN114928898B (zh) 建立基于WiFi直接连接的会话的方法和装置
CN116340913A (zh) 登录方法、电子设备及计算机可读存储介质
CN114489876A (zh) 一种文本输入的方法、电子设备和系统
CN114567871A (zh) 文件共享的方法、装置、电子设备以及可读存储介质
WO2023024887A1 (zh) 跨设备认证方法和装置
WO2022199673A1 (zh) 一种登录认证的方法和电子设备
WO2023160497A1 (zh) 应用程序的权限管理方法及相关装置
WO2023273458A1 (zh) 设备控制方法及装置
CN115242547B (zh) 一种远程协助的系统、方法和电子设备
CN111107545B (zh) 一种基于nfc的账号同步方法、介质及终端
WO2022089599A1 (zh) 一种共享数据分发方法及电子设备
WO2023151582A1 (zh) 针对车辆的安全通信方法、相关装置及通信系统
WO2023169545A1 (zh) 离线设备控制方法及相关装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22863130

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE